2010年四川省成都市中考英语试题

2010年四川省成都市中考英语试题 2010年四川省成都市中考英语试题.................................................................1 2010年四川省绵阳市中考英语试题...............................................................14 2010年四川省内江市中考英语试题...............................................................27 2010年四川省南充市中考英语试题...............................................................38 2010年四川省资阳市中考英语试题...............................................................48 2010年四川省自贡市中考英语试题...............................................................58 2010年四川省乐山市中考英语试题...............................................................72 2010年四川省眉山市中考英语试题...............................................................83 2010年四川省泸州市中考英语试题...............................................................92 2010年四川省广元市中考英语试题.............................................................101 2010年四川省广安市中考英语试题.............................................................110 2010年四川省雅安市中考英语试题.............................................................121 2010年四川省宜宾市中考英语试题.............................................................128 2010年四川省达州市中考英语试题.............................................................138 2010年四川省攀枝花市中考英语试题.........................................................150 2010年四川省遂宁市中考英语试题.............................................................160 2010年四川省凉山州中考英语试题.............................................................171 2010年四川省甘孜阿坝州中考英语试题.....................................................182 2010年四川省成都市中考英语试题 (满分150分，考试时间120分钟) A卷(共100分) A卷I(选择题85分) 第一部分听力测试(共25小题，计25分) 一、 听句子，根据所听到的内容选择正确答语。每题念两遍。(共6小题，每小题1分;计6分) 1. A. I won't go. B. Have a good time! C. Good idea! 2. A. Nice to hear it. B. Thank you very much. C. I will work much harder. 3. A. That's all right. B. Why are you so late? C. I'm sorry, too. 4. A. Yes, please. B. No， you can't. C. Yes, this is my seat. 5. A. You'd better have a rest. B. I'm sorry to hear that. C. Be careful. 6. A. Glad to be your friend. B. Is that true? C. Nice to meet you. 二、 听句子，选择与你所听到的句子意思相符合的图片，并将代表图片的字母填在相应 位置上。每题念两遍。(共4小题，每小题1分;计4分) 三、听对话，根据对话内容及问题选择正确答案。每题念两遍。(共10小题，每小题1 分;计10分) 11. A. Music. B. English. C. Math. 12. A. Rainy. B. Fine. C. Sunny. 13. A. It's 5:30. B. It's 6:00. C. It's 6:30. 14. A. At a library. B. At a bookstore. C. At home. 15. A. Father and daughter. B. Husband and wife. C. Mother and son. 16. A. Yesterday. B. Two days ago. C. Three days ago. 17. A. She's going to the supermarket. B. She's going to the cinema. C. She's going to the bank. 18. A. She wants to have a walk first. B. She doesn't want to have a walk at all. C. She wants to have a walk after doing her homework. 19. A. Spring. B. Summer. C. Winter. 20. A. To have a good evening. B. To say goodbye to each other. C. To enjoy the summer vacation. 四、 听短文，根据短文内容选择正确答案。短文念三遍。(共5小题，每小题1分;计5 分) 21. What happened to the boy yesterday? A. He didn't have breakfast. B. Many things went wrong with him. C. He missed all his morning classes. 22. What did the boy have for breakfast? A. Some milk and eggs. B. Some bread and water. C. Some bread and juice. 23. When did the boy do his school work that he had missed? A. At lunchtime. B. After lunch. C. After school. 24. What did the boy do immediately after he went home? A. He looked for his homework. B. He did his homework in his bedroom. C. He helped his mother prepare supper. 25. Where did the boy find his homework? A. On his desk. B. Under his bed. C. In his school bag. 第二部分基础知识运用(共40小题，计40分) 五、 选择填空(共25小题，每小题1分;计25分) A)从下面方框中选出与下列各句中画线部分意思相同或相近，并能替换画线部分的选项。 (共4小题，每小题1分;计4分) A. around B. found C. boring D. provided 26. The speech was so dull that it made most of us sleepy. 27. Lin Fei goes to school at about seven every day. 28. At that time Town Cinema was the cheapest, but it had the friendliest service. 29. Sarah discovered that it was important for a flight attendant to speak English well. B)从各题的A、B、C三个选项中选出正确答案。(共17小题，每小题1分;计17分) 30. ―What shall we have for supper? ―I bought big fish at only market near my office. A. a; a B. a; the C. the;不填 31. The food I cook isn't delicious, but I can look after myself. A. at first B. at last C. at least 32. ― Excuse me. I want to buy some stamps. Where can I find a post office? —I know not far from here. You can easily find A. that; it B. it; one C. one; it 33. —The lake is said to be dry. Is that true? ―It . Look, some kids are swimming in it. A. must be true B. can't be true C. may not be true 34. What a nice picture of a house. It would be with some green trees around it. A. good B. better C. worse 35. I won't be able to understand what you say, you speak too quickly. A. if B. though C. because 36. of the hats suited him, so Jack had to try on the third one. A. Neither B. Either C. Both 37. ―Frank, when will the short meeting begin? —You should come 2:30. If you come 10 minutes that time,the meeting will be over. A. at; before B. at; after C. after; before 38. I had a hard time with math and I wasn't to get the bad report from my math teacher. A. sure B. surprised C. excited 39. Medicine is dangerous for children, so it should be kept away them. A. by B. to C. from 40. Although this village isn't big, all the other villages I so far are smaller. A. visited B. have visited C. would visit 41. No conclusion before we complete this test. A. is made B. will be made C. has made 42. —-Where's your brother now, Bob? 一I saw him in the street a moment ago and I told him . A. playing; don't do so B. playing; not to do so C. play; to do so 43. — Have you got ready for the sports meeting? — Not yet. We still have to do. A. anything ; nothing B. something ; everything C. everything ; something 44. ―Could you tell me , —Fill in this form and I will give you a card. A. how I can meet Cathy B. where I can meet Cathy C. when I can meet Cathy 45. Have you found the answer to the question I asked you this morning? A. when B. what C. that 46. ―How long in Chengdu? ―For just the weekend to come. I'll be back next Monday morning. A. are you staying B. did you stay C. have you stayed C)补全对话。根据对话内容，从右边方框中选出适当的选项补全对话，并将选项的编号字 母依次填在相应位置。(共4小题，每小题1分;计4分) A: What are you doing for the summer vacation, David? B; 47 . A:Oh, I've never gone to camp. What're you doing there? B:We're doing a lot. We're going swimming A. Great, have fun! and boating in the morning. In the B. What about you, Lily? afternoon, we're playing basketball or tennis. C. I'm going camping with my friends. 48 We'll sing or tell stories. D. We'll sit around a campfire at night. A: That sounds wonderful. B; 49 . A: I'm going to visit the Shanghai Expo with my parents. B; 50 . A: You too, David See you in September. 六、完形填空。通读下面两篇短文，根据短文内容，从A、B、C三个选项中选出可以填 入空白处的正确答案。(共15小题，每小题1分;计15分) A A man is driving home on a cold rainy night. At a bus stop ， he sees three people waiting for a bus. The first person is 51 best friend. This friend saved (救)his life years ago. The second one is his aunt She's very 52 and needs to go to hospital at once. The third one is the man's girl friend. He loves her very much. The man wants to help 53 of them, but his car is very small and he can 54 only one in the car. Now he has his biggest 55 —who's the one that he can take? 51. A. her B. his C. their 52. A. sick B. healthy C. strict 53. A. one B. two C. all 54. A. bring B. take C. hold 55. A. problem B. idea C. plan B In some countries in Europe, such as France, Spain and Britain, the countryside is changing. 56 has become different for many villages, and some villages are even 57 . There are many reasons for this. Firstly, young people 58 villages come to live in big 59 and they don't return. Secondly, people move to big cities to 60 ， because there are very few jobs in the countryside. Some villages still 61 because people from big cities have bought a "second house" in the 62 ， where they come and stay at weekends. The price of the houses in the villages 63 and the local people can't afford to buy a house there. Another problem is that it's more and more 64 for farmers to live in the countryside. So they sell their 65 and find another job. 56. A. Life B. Weather C. Everything 57. A. the same B. richer C. disappearing 58. A. around B. from C. to 59. A. houses B. cities C. countries 60. A. find jobs B. spend holidays C. relax themselves 61. A. remain B. increase C. disappear 62. A. towns B. cities C. villages 63. A. goes up B. goes down C. stops rising 64. A. interesting B. common C. difficult 65. A. products B. land C. furniture 第三部分阅读理解(共10小题，计20分) 七、阅读下面短文、根据短文内容判断句子的正误。正确的标"A"，错误的标"B"。(共4小 题，每小题2分;计8分) Climbing the highest mountains in the world is not an easy job. One has to fight bad weather, illness and fear. But the American 13-year-old boy Jordan Romero is not afraid. He will climb Asia and the world's highest mountain, Mount Qomolangma. He set out on April 11. His parents and 2 guides will climb with him. He plans to take two months for his climb. "I'm ready. But if I don't succeed, I'll try next time," he said. Jordan will also do his math homework and some book reports in the two months. He will write diariesC日记)about this climb. "My father told me that I can do this only if I can keep up my schoolwork," he said. Jordan has already climbed the highest mountains of six other continents (大洲). When he was 10， he climbed the highest mountain in Africa. If he succeeds this time, he will become the youngest person to the top of the world's highest mountain. 66. Jordan is afraid of the bad weather and illness while climbing. 67. Five people will climb together with Jordan. 68. Jordan's father allows him to climb the mountain only if he can keep up his schoolwork. 69. Jordan will set up a new world record this time if he succeeds in climbing up Mount Qomolangma. 八、阅读下面两篇短文，根据短文内容选择正确答案。(共6小题，每小题2分;计12分) A You might see aliens in books and movies. They look strange. They are very smart. They travel in spaceships (宇宙飞船). But are there really aliens in space? British scientist Stephen Hawking, 68， thinks so. He says that people should not look for aliens. He thinks they are dangerous. On a new British TV program, Hawking says,"It is quite possible that there are aliens in space. They might live in big spaceships. They have used up all the resources(资源)from their home planet. " He thinks such aliens are sure to get resources from Earth and then go away. They may bring troubles to Earth, too. 70. The famous British scientist Stephen Hawking says people should not look for aliens because they are . A. strange B. smart C. dangerous 71. According to Mr Hawking, aliens probably have . A. used up their resources B. polluted their own planet C. destroyed the big spaceships they lived in 72. Mr Hawking believes that aliens will come to Earth to . A. cause troubles B. get resources C. make a living B The first president of the United States of America, George Washington, borrowed two books from the New York Society Library in 1789. He didn't return them. The books are now about 220 years late. If Washington were still alive, he would have to pay the library $ 300,000 in fines(罚款). On October 5， 1789， the first president borrowed two books from the library. He did not write his name in the borrower's book. Instead, he wrote "President" to show who had taken them out. Workers at the library were recently organizing the library's old records. They noticed that the books were missing. The New York Society Library says it will not try to collect the fine but it would like the books back. 73. This passage mainly tells us . A. president George Washington isn't perfect B. the library wants to make itself more famous by fining the president C. two books were found missing when the library were organizing its old records 74. President Washington wrote " " in the borrower's book on Oct 5 ，1789. A. a borrower B. Washington C. President 75. The New York Society Library wants to get the back. A. fines B. books C. autograph A卷II (非选择题15分) 九、从方框中选择恰当的短语，用其正确形式填空，完成句子。(共5小题，每小题1分; 计5分) be stressed out on the phone close to run out of be supposed to 76. I don't want to talk about it . 1 want to talk with you in your office right now. 77. Of the five museums, the Space Museum is the our school, and the Art Museum is the farthest. 78. The little girl yesterday when she was introducing herself in class. She couldn't say a word to her classmates. 79. Alan do his homework last weekend, but he played computer games instead. 80. Tony has bought lots of gifts for the Christmas, and so far he all his money. 十、看图说话,一空一词。(共5小题，每小题1分;计5分) 81. What can you see in the picture? There is building and boys standing outside it. 82. What do the two people in the sofa want to do? They want to TV but now they have to it off. 83. What is the woman on the first floor doing? She is calling her neighbor to turn the . 84. Why are the people on the first floor complaining? Because they can't hear with so much . 85. What are the boys outside the building going to do? They are going to . 十一、根据句意和所给首字母填单词。(共5小题，每小题1分;计5分) 86. Which d would you like, tea or coffee? 87. The old man is blind and he cannot s anything. 88. Besides Chinese, math and English, we also study some other s at school. 89. It is impolite to talk 1 in the library. Everyone should be quiet there. 90. Pandas in the zoo have enough food every day, so they never go h . B卷(共50分) 一、 汉译英。根据汉语意思和英语提示翻译句子。(共5小题，每小题2分;计10分) 1. 冬天，露西常常抱怨说她再也受不了伦敦又阴又冷的天气。(no longer) 2. 这些学习策略主要针对包括英语在内的外语学习。(aim at; include) 3. 至于说到我的愿望，我想在某个安静的地方休息两个月。(as for; somewhere) 4. 比较西安与成都，你会发现它们在某些方面相似。(compare... with; and; in some ways) 5. 他专心研究濒危动物，并逐渐习惯了岛上的艰苦生活。(concentrate on; and; get used to) 二、 完成对话。在对话的空格中填上适当的单词，使对话完整正确。一空一词。把答案 按编号依次填入下方表格内。(共10小题，每小题1分;计10分) Policeman: Excuse me, madam. Madam; Yes? P: Would you mind letting me take a 1 in your bag? M: What? I'm afraid I will 2 mind if you do so. Now go away. P:I'm afraid I have to do so. It's my duty in the supermarket, madam. M: Who are you? Go away, 3 I will call the police. P:I am a 4 . Here is my police card. M: Really? Do you always look into people's bags if you like? P:No. I will do so whenever I have a 5 to believe that there is something in your bag that belongs to someone 6 . M : What do you mean? P: Well, perhaps you've got 7 that haven't been paid for in your bag. M: What are you talking about? I'm honest and I won't let you 8 my bag. P: Well, if you are honest, you wouldn't 9 ， would you? So may I look into your bag, madam? I don't want to do 10 to hurt you. 三、短文填空。用下面方框中单词的适当形式填入短文空格内，使短文意思正确、通顺(每 词限用一次)。将答案按编号依次填入下方表格内。(共10小题，每小题1分;计10分) cook dark finish high lead light luck map sign sure surprisi worry It was already late when we started for the next town, which according to the 1 was about fifteen miles away on the other side of the hill. There we felt 2 that we would find a bed for the night. Soon 3 fell after we left the village, but 4 ， we met no one as we drove fast along the narrow road that 5 to the hill. As our car climbed 6 ， it became colder and the rain began to fall, making it difficult to see the road. After we had travelled for about twenty miles, there was still no 7 of the town which was marked on the map, we were beginning to get 8 . Then, the car suddenly stopped. A quick examination showed that we had used up the gas. Although we had little food with us, we decided to spend the night in the car. Our meal was soon 9 ， and then I tried to go to sleep at once, but John, who was a poor sleeper, got out of the car after a few minutes and went for a walk up the hill. Soon he found, in the valley bellow, the 10 of the town we were looking for. We at once pushed the car to the top of the hill. In less than a quarter of an hour, we were in the town. 四、阅读理解。(共10小题，每小题1分;计10分) A.根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出适当的选项补全短文，并将选项的编号字母依次 填入题号后横线上。(共5小题，每题1分;计5分) Imagine a boy from a small village in East Africa. He has been looking after cows from a very early age. At twelve, he knows more about cows than most of us. 1. Has this boy ever had any education? Education is discovering about ourselves and about the people and things around us. All the people who care about us―our parents, brothers, sisters, friends一are our teachers. 2. We start leaning on the day we are born, not on the first day we go to school. Every day we have new experiences, like finding a bird's nest (巢)，discovering a new street in our neighborhood and making friends with someone we didn't like before. 3. . Encouragement from the people around us makes it possible for us to discover things as much as possible. As we grow up, we begin to find out what we are able to do. We may be good at cooking, or singing or playing football. 4. Just thinking about cooking doesn't tell us if we are good at it. We learn so much just in our daily life. 5. Of course we can learn some things better at home than at school, like how to do the shopping. and how to help old or disabled people who can't do everything for themselves. At school, teachers help us to read and write. With their help, we begin to see things in different ways. A. To share new experiences with other people is even more fun. B. In fact, we learn something from everyone we meet. C. We find this out by doing these things. D. However, he has never been to school. E. So why is school important? B.阅读下面课文,根据其内容，完成表格中所缺的信息。将答案按编号依次填入表格内的题 号后。(共5小题，每题1分;计5分) You may feel curious(好奇)about students in other countries: Do they also have so much homework? What do they do in their spare time? On April 8， a report came out on the lives of high school students in China, Japan, South Korea and the US. It surveyed around 6. 200 students from the four countries last year. You will find the answers to many of your questions in this report. Who studies hardest? Chinese students spend the most time studying. Nearly half of Chinese students spend more than two hours on their homework every day. That's much more than students of the US (26. 4%), Japan (8.2%) and South Korea (5. 2%). Who sleeps most often in class? Japanese students fall asleep in class most often. About 45 % of them said they sometimes doze off in class. In South Korea, it's 32% ; in the US, 21 % sleep in class: and 5% in China. South Korean students don't like taking notes. About 70% said they write down what the teachers say in class, much fewer than in Japan (93%), China (90%) and the US (89%). Who is the most distracted? American students are the most active in class, but also the most distracted; 64. 2% said they chat with friends in class; 46. 9% said they eat snacks in class? and 38. 9% said they send e-mails or read unrelated(无关的)books in class. What do they do after school? In their spare time, most Chinese students study or surf the Internet. Most American students hang out with their friends. Most Japanese students do physical exercises. Most South Korean students watch TV. 1 students spend the most time studying. About 1 percent of ther spend over 2 hours studying after school. Japanese students sleep 2 often in class while Chinese sleep 2 often. Japanese students like taking notes 3 of all and American students rank 3 . American students are the most 4 ， but the most 4 in class. Spare time activities for most students Chinese students study or search for 5 . American students hang out with friends Japanese students do sports South Korean students enjoy 5 . 五、书面表达。(计10分) 下面是一份针对某市初中生的生活方式的问卷调查表(questionnaire)。该表包含问题、分值(scores)及结论。请先根据你自己的实际情况完成问卷调查表，计算出自己的得分，再据此写一篇短文描述你的生活方式，并通过你的最后得分确定其健康与否，说出今后的打算。 Middle school students' lifestyle questionnaire 1. How often do you exercise? Your choice : A. less than three times a week B. three to six times a week C. every day 2. How long do you sleep every night? A. less than 7 hours B. more than 9 hours C. 7―9 hours 3. How much TV do you watch without a stop every day? A. more than 2 hours B. 2 to half an hour C. less than half an hour 4. How often do you eat cakes, biscuits and sweets? A. often B. sometimes C. never 5. How often do you eat fruit and vegetables? A. never B. sometimes C. often 6. How often do you walk to school? A. never B. sometimes C. always Scores: A=l point B=2 points C=3 points Your health score: Conclusion: 6--9 points : Not fit at all. Need exercise. Watch less TV. Sleep enough hours. Need healthy food. 10--13 points: Not bad but not healthy enough. Need more exercise, sleep and healthier food. 14--18 points: Very healthy. Congratulations～ 注意:1.描述生活方式请勿照抄原句，尽量用自己的话来写。 2.字数:80?100。 2010年四川省成都市中考英语试题参考答案或听力材料 A卷 1.C 2.B 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. C 7. B 8. D 9. C 10. A 11.B 12. A 13. A 14. B 15. C 16. B 17. B 18. C 19. A 20. B 21. B 22. B 23. A 24. A 25. B 26. C 27. A 28. D 29. 30(B 3 1(C 32(C 33(B 34(B 3 5(A 36(A 37(B 38(B 3 9(C 40(B 41. B 42. B 43. C 44. A 45. C 46. A 【文章大意】本篇对话讨论了如何度过暑假，有的要和朋友去 野营，有的要和父母去参 观世博会。 47. C 48. D 49. B 50. A 【文章大意】本文讲述了一个人在寒冷的雨夜开牟回家，路上 遇到了三个人:一个是他 的救命恩人，一个是需要马上去医院 看病的姑姑，另一个是自己深爱的女朋友。但他的 车只能载 一个人，他该怎么选择呢, 51. B 52. A 53.C 54. B 55. A 【文章大意】在欧洲的一些国家，乡村生活发生了很大的变化， 有的村庄甚至已经消失， 短文介绍了发生变化的原因。 56. A 57. C 58. B 59. B 60. A 61.A 62. C 63. A 64. C 65. B 【文章大意】美国13岁男孩Jordan Romero敢于冒险，他准备 攀登世界最高峰——珠穆 朗玛峰。如果成功，他将成为到达 世界最高峰最年轻的人。 66.B 67. B 68. A 69. A 70. C 71. A 72. B 【文章大意】纽约图书馆的工人近期在整理图书馆书目时，发 现220年前美国总统华盛 顿从图书馆借了两本书，至今仍未 归还。如果华盛顿还活着，他需要付300,000美元的罚 款。不过，图书馆工作人员表示他们并不想要罚款，而是想要回那两本书。 73. A 74. D 75. B 76. on the phone 77. closest to 78. was stressed out 79. was supposed to 80. has run out of 81. a/one, two/2 82. watch, turn 83. down, music 84. anything/clearly, noise 85. play, baseball 86. drink 87. see 88. subjects 89. loudly 90. hungry B卷 1. In winter, Lucy often complains that she can no longer stand the cloudy and cold weather in London. 2. These learning strategies mainly aim at foreign languages study, including English. 3. As for my wish, I want to rest for two months somewhere quiet. 4. Compare Xi'an with Chengdu, and you will find (that) they ate similar in some ways (to each other). 5. He concentrated on the research of the endangered animals，and gradually got used to the hard life on the island. 【文章大意】本篇对话主要叙述了超市内的一位警察，由于怀 疑一位妇女拿了没有付款 的东西而要对她的包进行检查，导 致两人发生争执的故事。 1. look 2. certainly/surely 3. or 4. policeman 5. reason 6. else 7. things 8. check/examine 9. mind/ refuse 10. anything 【文章大意】短文叙述了晚间作者开车去山对面15英里远的 一个小镇的故事。 1. map 2. sure 3. darkness 4. luckily 5. led 6. higher 7. sign 8. worried 9. finished 10. lights 四、 【文章大意】在东非的一个小村庄，有一个小男孩从小就放牛。 12岁时，他就比我们中 的大多数人都了解牛，但却他从来没 有上过学。短文主要说明了教育无处不在，我们可 以在任何 1.D 2.B 3. A 4.C 5. E 【文章大意】短文主要介绍了中国、日本、韩国和美国四个国家 的学生在学习、课堂睡 觉、记笔记、注意力、课外生活等方面的不同。 1. Chinese, fifty/50 2. most, least 3. most, the third 4. active, distracted 5. information on the Internet, watching TV 五、内容要点: 1. describe „„How often do you exercise?，， 2. describe "How long do you sleep every night? 3. describe „„How much TV do you watch without a stop every day?" 4. describe "How often do you eat sweet things?" 5. describe "How often do you eat fruit and vegetables?” 6. describe "How often do you walk to school?” 7. tell your health score 8. make a conclusion: if your lifestyle is healthy or not and how to improve it 【思路点拨】 一、审题 本篇作文考查的体裁为记叙文，要求考生先根据自己的实际情况完成调查表，计算出自 己的得分情况，确定自己健康 与否，再据此写一篇短文描述自己的生活方式，主体时态 应用 一般现在时。 二、列举写作要点 1.生活描述:less than, morning exercises, enough sleep 2.健康与否:I get. ... points for this questionnaire, too bad 3.今后计划: exercise more, sleep more hours 三、列出重点短语及句型 【重点短语及句塑】 three times a week, feel sleepy, healthy enough One possible version I don't often exercise. I exercise less than three times a week only in PE lessons and morning exercises at school. I don't have enough sleep hours every night and I feel sleepy in the day. I watch TV about one hour when I'm having my supper. I sometimes eat sweet things but often eat fruit and vegetables. I walk to school every day. I get 13 points for this questionnaire. It's not too bad but I'm still not healthy enough. I should exercise more and sleep more hours. 2010年四川省绵阳市中考英语试题 (满分150分，考试时间120分钟) 第I卷(选择题共100分) 第一部分英语知识运用(共两节，满分so分) 第一节单项填空(共20小题;每小题1分，满分20分) 从(A、B、C、D)四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 1. Did you notice woman who was here just now? She is pop star. A. the; the B. a; the C. a; a D. the; a 2. At the concert, we enjoyed his songs very much. were exciting and sweet. A. He B. They C. We D. It 3. Plenty of rain good harvest for the farmers. But it is not certain yet. A. promises B. promised C. promise D. promising 4. — do you come to this sport club? I seldom see you here. —Usually twice a month. I am a little busy in the office. A. How many B. How soon C. How long D. How often 5. —Please accept my apology for not having finished the work, Mr. Green. — . A. It doesn't matter. B. It's right. C. So what? D. Not at all. 6. In 1938，a radio program by actor Orson Welles announced that aliens from Mars on the earth. A. landed B. land C. landing D. had landed 7. After a moment's thinking, she decided to choose of the two dolls. A. the cheaper B. a cheaper C. cheaper D. cheap 8. When the students' exercise-books had been handed in, the teacher the exercises and marked the mistakes. A. looked at B. looked through C. looked up D. looked over 9. He me to enter the school when he discovered that I had nothing but an umbrella in my hand. A. hoped B. let C. wished D. allowed 10. —Is your room for us to live in? —Of course. A. big enough B. enough big C. enough D. small 11. Stop watching TV, Mother will be angry with you when she comes home. A. if B. but C. or D. and 12. Would you have tea or coffee after having had the hot-pot, sir? A. some B. any C. more D. another 13. You are allowed to play football in the yard, but you break anything. A. might not B. needn't C. may not D. mustn't 14. To get the first prize, the teacher decided to choose the students could run 100 meters in less than 10 seconds. A. who B. which C. they D. when 15. —Young man, would you please help me carry the bag? It's too heavy for me. — . A. It's all right B. With pleasure C. My pleasure D. OK 16. You may watch your favorite movies when you your homework. A. finish B. will finish C. finished D. have finished 17. Peter went up to a policeman and asked the nearest post office. A. where could he find B. where he could find C. he could find where D. he could where find 18. The poor girl kept crying she became tired and fell asleep. A. unless B. if C. until D. after 19. These experts gave us some very useful on how to improve the city environment, especially on how to manage the city transportation. A. wish B. idea C. advice D. hope 20. If this kind of thing at once, the whole situation will be much worse. A. isn't stopped B. won't be stopped C. didn't stop D. hasn't stopped 每小题2分，满分30分) 第二节完形填空(共15小题; 阅读下列短文，从短文后各题所给的(A、B、C、D)四个选项中选出能填入相应空 白 处的最佳选项。 A An old man has a cat. The cat now is very old. She cannot 21 fast，and she cannot bite. One day the old cat sees a mouse, she jumps and 22 the mouse. But she cannot bite it, so the mouse gets out of her 23 and runs away. The old man gets very 24 and beats the cat. The cat says to him,"Don't beat your servant(仆 人). Don't be unkind to the 25 . When they are young, they can do good work. ” 21. A. drive B. run C. talk D. play 22. A. misses B. eats C. kills D. catches 23. A. mouth B. feet C. eyes D. hands 24. K pleased B. cute C. angry D. scared 25. A. mouse B. old C. young D. cat B Mr Right hated to be wrong. If he made a 26 ，he would never admit(承认) it One day, he was walking along the street 27 he met another man. He looked at the man very carefully, then he said,"John Foster～ Well, well，I haven't 28 you for ten years. " He looked at the man up and down. "But you've 29 ，John,"he went on, "You were heavy, but now you're thin. ” He 30 at him, "But you look well and it's good to see you again. ” He held the man's hand and said,"But, oh, you have changed so much. You had 31 hair ten years ago and now it's thin. You didn't wear 32 before，but now you're wearing really a pair of thick ones. ” He smiled at the man agaia „„But you're still the 33 John Foster. Do you remember that we often 34 tea together? We had some good times, didn't we, John?” „„Excuse me, sir，” the man said,"but my name isn't John Foster. ” Mr Right thought for a minute, then he said, "So you've changed your 35 ， haven't you?” 26. A. promise B. decision C. choice D. mistake 27. A. when B. before C. after D. until 28. A. heard B. seen C. bothered D. believed 29. A. recovered B. returned C. changed D. grown 30. A. aimed B. shouted C. jumped D. smiled 31. A. brown B. black C. thin D. thick 32. A. uniforms B. glasses C. clothes D. watches 33. A. real B. lovely C. same D. friendly 34. A. bought B. cooked C. drank D. ate 35. A. name B. hobby C. address D. job 第二部分阅读理解(共25小题,每小题2分，满分50分) 第一节短文理解(共20小题;每小 题2分,满分40分) 阅读下列短文，从每题所给出的(A、B、C、D)四个选项中选出最佳选项。 A Mike Robinson is a 15-year-old English schoolboy. His sister Clare is 14. At the moment， Mike and Clare are at a school in Sydney, one of the biggest cities in Australia. They have been there for two years. They like the school, but they know that soon they will leave and return to England with their parents. Mike and Clare have also been to schools in America, Germany, France and China. This is because their father, Peter, works for a very big international company. The company has offices in many different countries. The company has sent Peter to work in many different countries. Peter usually stays in one country for about two years. Then the company moves him again. His family always goes with him. The Robinsons are a happy family and love seeing the world. Mike and Clare have learnt to speak French, German and a little Chinese. The two children have friends all over the world. But they are glad that they are going to return to England. Recently, the children told their parents，“We want to stay in England. We don't want to move again. ” Their father agrees and has asked his company to keep him in England. 36. Where are the Robinsons from? A. Germany. B. France. C. England. D. Australia. 37. What's special about this family? A. It has more than one kid in the family. B. They move a lot from one country to another. C. The father works while mother takes care of the house. D. They go to school in different countries. 38. What does the father do? A. He works for an international company. B. He teaches English to foreign students. C. He stays home looking after the children. D. He sends people to work in different countries. 39. How do the children feel about their life? A. They want to spend more time with their parents. B. They can't get along well with their classmates. C. They hate having to learn foreign languages. D. They are tired of moving from time to time. 40. What can they expect from their future life? A. They can stay in England and enjoy a peaceful life. B. They will have less homework and more time for fun. C. Their mother will go out to work and let them alone. D. They can spend less on travel and save more money. B READER NOTICE Library closed: 16th to 18th November We are sorry to let you know that our library will. be closed next Wednesday， Thursday and Friday for the sports meeting. It reopens on Saturday ( 19th November) with new opening hours. Monday-Friday:8 a. m. ——6 p. m. Saturday & Sunday:10 a. m. —5 p. m. Public holidays :closed We apologize for any inconvenience caused. School library staff 41. You will most probably see this notice . A. in your classroom B. outside the school library C. in a public newspaper D. in a bookstore 42. The library will be closed because . A. the school term will be over B. there will be a public holiday C. it will be moved to a new building D. a sports meet will be held in the school 43. This time the library will be closed for . A. one day B. two days C. three days D. four days 44. When the library reopens, . A. there will be more books available B. the opening hours will be different C. fewer people will be working there D. it will never be closed again 45. We can learn from this notice that . A. the library staff don't have to work on weekends when it reopens B. it will be much easier to borrow books from the library from now on C. students can stay longer in the library on weekdays than on weekends D. the library will be open to the teachers and students around the clock C Fashion isn't very environmentally-friendly because it makes people buy things they don't need, just because they're new. We want to take care of the environment, we don't want to pollute the air and we don't want to waste energy and resources. But we also want to be fashionable. How can we buy fashionable clothes and take good care of the environment at the same time?‘' Old styles are fashionable again, so one way is to buy second-hand clothes— recycled clothes. Another way is to buy fair trade clothes. These clothes are either recycled or made in a way that is good for the environment. They also protect the people who make the clothes. Surprisingly, white cotton is one of the least environmentally-friendly crops(农 作物)of all. To take good care of the cotton, the growers use chemicals(农药)that pollute water, make farm workers ill and kill wildlife. New materials, such as hemp and bamboo, grow quickly and are more environmentally-friendly. These materials are very soft and look fantastic. The best materials are coloured using natural dyes, made from plants. Environmentally-friendly clothes are practical but until now they were often dull. Now fashion designers are working with these materials and the clothes are beautiful as well So now we can buy fashionable clothes that are also environmentally-friendly. 46. What's the best title for this passage? A. The problem with fashion. B. Fashion comes and goes quickly. C. Fashion and the environment. D. New materials for clothes. 47. Fashion wastes energy and resources by . A. encouraging people to buy more B. making farm workers ill C. killing birds and animals D. polluting the air and water 48. The underlined word “hemp” in the 3rd paragraph most probably means . A. chemicals to kill insects B. a new way to make clothes C. some kind of stone D. some kind of plants 49. According to the passage，white cotton is not environmentally-friendly because . A. it is not a plant B. it grows very slowly C. it can not be recycled D. it needs chemicals to grow well 50. We can infer(推断)from this passage that . A. all clothes made from plants are environmentally-friendly B. fashion doesn't necessarily pollute the environment C. beautiful clothes are not friendly to the environment D. environmentally-friendly clothes are not nice to look at D Mr Scott works in a post office. His wife can't read or write. It's not easy for her to find work in their town. So she stays at home to look after their son Tom and their daughter Betty. The man is busy all the time but he can't get enough money for his family. He has to repair bikes in the street after work. One morning Mr Scott was ill. Mrs Scott had to look after him in the hospital. But she was worried about Tom and Betty. The boy was five and the girl was only three. Mrs Scott found only five cakes in a box and gave them to Tom. Then she said,"Look after your sister. Divide them when you are hungry. ” "OK, Mum. " said the boy. By lunch time the woman came back and saw the two children playing in the room. She asked, “How did you divide the cakes, Tom?" “I couldn't divide five cakes between her and me，” said the boy, "so I ate one first. " 51. Mrs Scott stays at home because . A. women don't work outside in the town B. there are too many children in her family C. she can't find any work in the town D. she has a lot of housework to do 52. Mr. Scott chooses to repair bikes after work to . A. relax himself and have fun B. make more money for the family C. help people whose bikes are broken D. please his boss and his workmates 53. Mrs Scott worried about her children because . A. they were too young B. she had nothing to give them C. they were ill D. they didn't let her out 54. Which of the following is true? A. The two children wanted to see their father. B. Tom had more cakes than Betty. C. The two children were hungry at home. D. Tom gave the five cakes to his sister. 55. The writer wrote this passage to . A. show the importance of a good education B. ask brothers to be better to their sisters C. entertain people with an interesting story D. ask people to take better care of their children 第二节补全对话(共5小题;每小题2分，满分10分) 根据下面的对话内容，从方框内的选项(A、B、C、D、E或F)中选出最佳选项，选项中有 一个为多余选项。 Dave:Sandy, you shouldn't eat that hamburger. Sandy: 56 . Dave : Well, I read an article in Health Magazine yesterday. Sandy:So what did it say? Dave : 57 . Sandy:Oh, really? 58 Dave:Oh, a lot of vegetables一beans, carrots, lettuce. . . Sandy: 59 . Dave:Oh, and Sandy, you should only use a little salt. Sandy: 60 . Dave: Well, you shouldn't coffee, either. Sandy: Dave, I think you should stop reading Health Magazine. A. Sounds awful. B. Why not? C. It's really good to my health. D. Well，what should we eat? E. It said that we shouldn't eat meat. F. No meat, no salt. . . what else? 第I卷(非选择题共50分) 第三部分写(共三节，满分50分) 第一节阅读填空(共5小题;每小题2分,满分10分) 阅读下面短文，然后根据短文内容补全文后表格中所缺失的信息，每空限填一个单词。 Colors and moods(情绪) Some colors make us feel calm and peaceful. Blue is one of these colors. Wearing blue clothes or sleeping in a blue room is good for the mind and body. Blue can also mean sadness. Someone who is feeling sad may say "I'm feeling blue. ” Another color that makes you feel calm and peaceful is white. Some colors make you feel warm. Orange is one of the warm colors. It means joy. Orange can bring you success and cheer you up when you are feeling sad. Another warm color is yellow, which is the color of the sun, so it can remind you of a warm, sunny day. Anybody who feels tired or weak should wear colors that make you feel energetic. Green can give you energy, because it means new life and growth. It is the color of nature. If you are somebody who needs physical energy, you should wear red clothes. Red means heat and strong feelings. Wearing red makes it easier for you to take action. Color Kind It makes you feel blue calm color calm and sad (61) . calm color calm and peaceful orange (62) warm and cheerful color green energetic color (63) . red strong color heat and (64) feelings (65) . warm color a warm, sunny day 第二节选词填空(共10小题;每小题2分，满分20分) 阅读下面短文，根据文中意思，从方框中选出恰当的词，并在下面对应题号的横 线上写出各单词的完整、正确的形式使短文文理通顺，意义完整。 will，for, fun, human，that, same，do，think, it, where In some science fiction movies, people in the future have their own robots. These robots are just like 66 They help with the housework and 67 the most unpleasant jobs. Some scientists believe 68 there will be such robots in the future. However, they agree 69 may take hundreds of years. Scientists are now trying to make robots look like people and do the 70 things as we do. Japanese companies have already made robots walk and dance. This kind of robots will also be 71 to watch. But robot scientist James White disagrees. He 72 that it will be difficult 73 a robot to do the same things as a person. For example, it's easy for a child to wake up and know 74 they are. Mr White thinks that robots 75 not be able to do this. But other scientists disagree. They think that robots will be able to talk to people in 25 to 50 years. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. . 71. 72. 73. 74. 75. . 第三节书面表达(共1小题;满分20分) 假设你们年级将举行一场英语晚会，你代表年级写一封邀请函请外教Hall参加。邀请函应 包括如下内容: 1. 举行时间:2010年4月16日，晚上7:30?9:30; . 2. 参加对象:初三全体学生; 3. 节目内容:英语歌曲、英语短剧、英语游戏和舞蹈等; 4. 邀请Hall及所有英语教师当评委，并请Hall在晚会结束时发表简短讲话。 注意词数80左右; 2. 邀请函首尾已经给出，不计入总词数; 3. 参考词汇:评委judge;表演performance。 Dear Ms Hall, We are going to hold an English Evening in the meeting hall of our school. We look forward to seeing you at our English Evening at 7 :30 p. m Thank you! Yours, Li Hua 2010年四川省绵阳市中考英语试题参考答案或听力材料 1. D【解析】考查冠词。根据woman后有定语从句修饰可知 是特指，用定冠词the;第二 空是泛指，表示一位受欢迎的明 星，故用不定冠词a。 2. B【解析】考查代词的用法。根据句意:我们非常喜欢他的 歌，以及后面的关键词exciting and sweet用来修饰物可知 they指代的是上文中的songs。 3. A【解析】考查时态。句意为:大雨对农民来说预示着丰 收。但也不一定。第一句是陈 述客观事实，故用一般现 在时。 4. D【解析】考查疑问词。答语Usually twice a month. —月 两次，表示频率，应用how often提问;how many提问数量; how soon提问将来时间，意为多久以后;how long提问一段时间，意为多长时间、多久。 5. A【解析】考查交际用语。前者让对方接受道歉，故后者 的回答应为接受道歉的用语。A. It doesn't matter. 没关系 B. It's right. 是正确的 C. So what?那又怎么样, D. Not at all. 不用谢;不客气(回答感谢)。故A项正确。 6. D【解析】考查时态。句意为:1938年，一个广播节目报道 外堵人登陆了地球。根据armoimced可知，登陆发生在 announced之前,故用过去完成时。 7. A【解析】考查形容词的比较级。根据of the two dolls可 判断出是选两个布娃娃中较便宜的一个，为特指，故用比较 级 the cheaper。 8. B【解析】考查动词短语辨析。A. look at看;B. look through 浏览、查看;C. look up 向上看;D. look over 检查。 根据题意，此处表达的是老师浏览了练习题并标出了错误。 9. 1)【解析】考查动词辨析。hope只用于hope to do结构 + ;let sb. dosth. 让某人做某事，hsb. to do希望某人 做某事。根据句意可知应用allow sb. todosth. 。句意为: 沩他发现Wls 我手里只拿了一把伞时,他允许我进人学校。 10. A【解析】考查enough的用法。enough修饰形容词时， 应放在形容词后面;修饰名词时放在名词的前面。 11. C【解析】考查连词。本句型为祈使句+ and/+含有一 般将来时的句子。根据上下句的0r 关系可知用or表示“否 则”。 12. A【解析】考查some的用法。通常情况下，some用于肯 定句中，any用于疑问句和否定句中。但当说话者希望得 到对方肯定回答时，尽管句子是疑问句，也用some。 13. D【解析】考查情态动词。句意为:你可以在院子里踢 球，但是不许破坏东西。mustn't表禁止，语气强烈。A和 C项语气较弱，均表不可以。needn't没必要,不合题意。 14. A【解析】考查定语从句。 分析 定性数据统计分析pdf销售业绩分析模板建筑结构震害分析销售进度分析表京东商城竞争战略分析 句子结构可知定语从句 缺少主语，且先行词students指人，所以用who引导。 15. B【解析】考查交际用语。前者是要求后者帮忙，故用 With pleasure表示“非常乐意帮忙”;It?s all right. 没关系; My pleasure. 我乐意做(用在帮别人做完事，别人感谢你时 的答语);()K. 常用于赞同对方的想法、主意等。 16. D【解析】考查时态。本句是when引导的时间状语从 句，在时间状语从句中要用现在完成时代替将来完成时。 17. B【解析】考查宾语从句。分析句子结构可知，所填部分 作asked的宾语从句，且要用陈迷句语序。故答案为 13项 。 18. C【解析】考查连词。根据上句“这个可怜的女孩一直在 哭”和下句“她累了并且睡着了”可以看出两句之间应用连 H until直到、一直。unless二if. . . not除非，不合题意。 19. C【解析】考查名同词义辨析。wish希望、愿望;idea主 意;advice建议;hope希望。句意为:就如何改善城市环境 尤其是如何管理城市交通，这些专家给了我们一些十分有 用的建议。故选C。 20. A【解析】考查主谓一致。根据前面的this kind of thing 可知谓语动词需用单数形式，且thing与stop之间为被动 关系，故用 isn't stopped。 【文章大意】本文介绍一只非常老的猫，既跑不快也咬不动东 西了。一天她抓捉了一只老鼠，却因不能咬让它跑掉了，主人 很生气，便打了这只猫。于是猫告诉主人:“不要打你的仆人。 要善待年老的。” 21. B【解析】根据后面的修饰词fast，可以判断出此处 用 runc 22. D【解析】根据But she cannot bite it可知，此处表示抓住 了老鼠。故用catches 23. A【解析】根据上句中的bite可知此处应选month。 24. C【解析】由上句老鼠跑了，可知主人很生气。 25. B【解析】联系下文中的yoimg可知，此处表示要善待年 老者。 【文章大意】本文讲述了一个从来不愿承认错误的人，一次在 大街上把一个人误认为是他十年不见的朋友John Foster，他 讲了很多朋友的变化，结果这个人却不叫John Foster，他仍然 不愿承认错误，坚持说他改名了。 26. D【解析】根据上句“他憎恨错误”可知，如果他犯了错 误，他从来不会承认。 27. A【解析】根据上文中的was walking可知此处是固定句 型be doing. . . when. . . 正要做某事，这时„„ 28. B【解析】根据时态haven't和for ten years可知此处表 达的意思是“十年不见了”。 29. C【解析】根据下文中的“过去胖而现在瘦”可知此处表 达的意思是Foster变了。 30. D【解析】联系下文中的He smiled at the man again. 可 得知此处应选smiled。 31. D【解析】根据下文中的thm可知，本句要表达的意思是 “十年前头发浓密(thick)”。 32. B 【解析】根据下文中的wearing really a pair of thick ones可判断此处表达的意思是“原来不戴眼镜”。 33. C【解析】根据But及still可知此处表达的意思是“仍然 是同一个人”。 34. C 【解析】根据文章提到的tea和We had some good times可判断出此处为dmnk tea饮茶。 35. A【解析】上文提到“我的名字不是John Foster”时，Mr. Right不承认是自己认错人了，就说他改了名字。 【文章大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章描述了 Mike Robinson 和他的妹妹由于父母的工作经常辗转于很多国家。最终在他 们的要求下，他们留在了英国。 36. C【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句中的but they know that soon they will leave and return to England with their parents. 可知答案。 37. B【解析】综合理解题。根据文章第二段可知，他们一家 经常从一个国家搬到另一个国家。 38. A【解析】细理解题。从文章第二段中的because their father, Peter, works for a very big international company. 可知答案。 39. D【解析】推理判断题。根据文章最后一段中孩子的话 "We want to stay in England. We don't want to move again. ”可知答案。 40. A【解析】推理判断题。根据文章最后一段孩子的话和 父亲的决定可知答案。 【文章大意】本文是一篇通知。文章以图表的形式介绍了一个 通知，告诉读者图书馆在16号到18号将关闭并介绍了新的 开放时间。 41. B【解析】_理判断题。因为通知是学校图书馆张贴的， 所以通知的位置应在图书馆门 外。 42. D【解析】细节理解题。根据文中We are sorry to let you know. . . and Friday for the sports meeting. 可知答案。 43. C【解析】推理判断题。由文中16th to 18th可知是 二天。 44. B【解析】细节理解题。由文中It reopens on Saturday (19th November) with new opening hours. 可知此句中的 new说明了再次开放的时间是新的、不同的。、 45. C【解析】从本题中的时间表可知，图书馆在工作日比周 末开放的时间长。 【文章大窻】本文是一篇说明文。文章介绍了几种既时尚又环保的方法:买二手衣服、使 用新材料。 46. C【解析】主旨大意题。文章第一句就点明题旨，介绍了 时尚和环保的关系。 47. A【解析】细节理解题。文章第一句话Fashion isn't very environmentally-friendly because it makes people buy things they don't need说明了浪费能源的原因是买很多不 需要的东西。 48. D【解析】词义猜测题。根据and可知bamboo和hemp 应属于同类事物，再由后文的 grow quickly and more environmentally-friendly 可猜出是某种植物。 49. D【解析】细节理解题。根据文章倒数第二段前两句 Surprisingly, white cotton is one of the least environment- friendly crops of all. To take good care of the cotton, the growers sue chemicals that pollute water, make farm workers ill and kill wildlife. 可知 D 答案正确。 50. B【解析】推理判断题。根据文章最后一段可以推断出B 项正确。 【文章大意】本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了一件有趣的事情。 Scott在邮局工作，妻子不识字，只能在家照顾小孩。为了賺 钱养家，Scott只好下班后修理自行车。一天早上他病了，妻 子要去医院照顾他，但又担心两个孩子，就给孩子五个蛋糕， 让他们分着吃，结果男孩发现五个不好分，就先吃掉了 一个。 51. C【解析】推理判断题。根据文章第一段中的第二、三句 His wife can't read or write. It's not easy to find work in their towa可知答案。 52. B【解析】细节理解题。根据第一段最后两句The man is busy all the time but he can't get enough money for his family. He has to repair bikes in the street after work. 可 知Scott修车是 为了赚钱养家。 53. A【解析】细节理解题。根据文章第二段中的The boy was five and the girl was only three. 可知是因为孩子太小 才担心他们的。 54. B【解析】推理判断题。根据文章最后一段可知Tom比 Betty多吃了一个蛋糕。 55. C【解析】综合推理题。结合整篇文章可知，作者只是给 人们讲述了一个有趣的故事。 故选C项。 56. B【解析】Dave说你不应该吃汉堡，所以Sandy反问。 57. E【解析】Sandy问杂志上说什么，故应是It said that. . . 58. D【解析】根据Dave的回答可知问的是应该吃什么。 59. A【解析】Dave的答语中只列了蔬菜，所以她感到吃惊。 60. F【解析】根据Dave下句的回答“也不应该喝咖啡”可知 应用 what else。 61. white【解析】根据第一段中的最后一句Another color that make you feel calm and peaceful is white. 可知答案。 62. warm【解析】根据第二段中的第一句Some colors make you feel warm. Orange is one of the warm colors. 可知 答案。 63. energetic【解析】根据第三段中的第二句Green can give you energy可知答案。 64. strong【解析】根据最后一段中的第二句话Red means heat and strong feelings. 可知答案。 65. yellow【解析】根据第二段中的最后一句话Another warm color is yellow, which is the color of the sun, so it can remind you of a warm sunny day. 可知答案。 66. humans【解析】介词like后缺少名词，再根据句意可知 答案。 67. do【解析】缺少动词原形与前面的help并列，由此可知 答案。 68. that【解析】believe后接宾语从句，只缺少引导词而不缺 成分，故用that。 69. it【解析】agree后的宾语从句中缺少作主语的代词。 70. same【解析】此处缺少一个形容词修饰things，根据后面 的as可知用same。 71. fun/funny【解析】此处缺少表语，说明观看起来的情况。 72. thinks【解析】此处缺少谓语动词，从而表明他的观点。 73. for【解析】此处为介词搭配，for对于„„来说。 74. where【解析】此处是宾语从句，缺少are的表语。 75. will【解析】此处缺少一个情态动词与后面的not be able to连用，只能填will。 【写作指导】 本篇书面表达为一篇应用文，要求写一封邀请函，写作时 注意以下问题: 1. 时态:现在时与将来时结合 2. 人称:一、二人称 3. 要点:时间，对象、内容和邀请的目的 4. 词数:80左右 5. 用上参考词汇judge和performance One possible version Dear Ms Hall, We are going to hold an English evening party in the meeting hall of our school. It will take place from 7: 30 p. m. to 9:30 p. m. on April 16, 2010. All the students from Junior Three are going to attend it and we are inviting you and all the English teachers to be the judges. At the party, there will be many kinds of performances, such as songs, short plays, English games、and dances. At the end of the party, would you please give us a talk about our performance and give us some advice? We look forward to seeing you at our English evening party at 7 : 30 p. m. Thank you ～ Yours， Li Hua 2010年四川省内江市中考英语试题 (满分160分，考试时间120分钟) 会考卷(共三部分100分) 第一部分听力部分(共两节,满分30分) 第一节(共5个小题，每小题1. 5分，满分7. 5分) 听下面5段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话读两遍。 1. The girl . A. is well B. has lost her way C. has got a headache 2. How much is the red skirt? A. ?120. B. ?100. C. ?80. 3. The man will . A. do nothing B. open the window C. put on a coat 4. The man will . A. move to another school B. change his class C. talk to others more often 5. What did the woman do last weekend? A. She went to the history museum. B. She visited the art museum. C. She had a class. 第二节(共15小题;每小题1. 5分，满分22. 5分) 听下面4段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳答案，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各小题，每个小题5秒钟;听完后，各个小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。 段对话或独白读两遍。 听第6题材料，回答第6至第8三个小题。 6. What is the weather like? A. Rainy. B. Sunny. C. Windy. 7. What will they do? A. Do some cleaning. B. Watch TV. C. Go out. 8. They'll go to . A. the cinema B. the park C. Xishan 听第7段材料，回答第9至第11三个小题。 9. How many classes for the learner are there in a week? A. One. B. Two. C. Three. 10. What time is the evening class over? A. At 7:30. B. At 8:30. C. At 9:00. 11. When will Zhang Yan probably have her English lessons? A. On Monday morning. B. On Tuesday evening. C. On Thursday evening. 听第8段材料，回答第12至第15四个小题。 12. Who did the woman go to the cinema with? A. Her friends. B. Her parents. C. Her teacher. 13. What does the woman think of the film? A. Interesting. B. Sad. C. Exciting. 14. What kind of film is it? A. A comedy. B. An action movie. C. A thriller. 15. Who acts in the film? A. Jack Li. B. Jackie Chan. C. Mr Li. 听第9段材料，回答第16至第20五个小题。 16. How do they get to Long Island? A. By plane. B. By boat. C. By bus. 17. They will have breakfast at . A. 6:00 B. 7:00 C. 8:00 18. What season is it now? A. Summer. B. Spring. C. Winter. 19. Where can they get the lunch ticket? A. From the speaker. B. From the office. C. From the restaurant. 20. The speaker suggests bringing . A. sunglasses B. an umbrella C. a jacket 第二部分基础知识运用(共两节，满分30分) 第一节单项选择(共20小题，每小题1分,满分20分) 从各题所给A、B、c三个选项中，选出可以填入题内空白处的正确答案。 21. Jenny is Americaa She works in company in China now. A. an; a B. an, the C. a; an 22. All of us went to the park Bob. He had to look after his sister. A. besides B. with C. except 23. —What is your mother going to do this Saturday? —I'm not sure. She go to see my grandmother. A. can B. must C. may 24. —Oh, you're reading a newspaper. Is there in it? —I don't know. I read it just now. A. new something B. anything new C. something new 25. —Who is Mr Xu? —He is teacher and he teaches P. E. A. our; us B. our; our C. ours; our 26. —Well, you look so happy! 一Because I got a good . A. work B. news C. job 27. — will you stay in Shanghai? —For about three weeks. A. How long B. How far C. How often 28. Mr White said that he had visited the Great Wall before. It's his first time to come to China. A. ever B. never C. once 29. 一Can you tell me the English meaning of the word? ——Why don't you in the dictionary? A. look it up B. ring it up C. pick it up 30. —What do you think of this skirt? —It's beautiful and it fits me well, I like it very much. A. since B. so C. but 31. Lucy was excited say anything when she heard the good news. A. so; that B. so:to C. too; to 32. . mothers can,t go to the meeting, because they have gone to New York on business. A. Alice and Lily's B. Alice's and Lily's C. Alice's and Lily 33. A new factory is being built in Neijiang. I hope it at the end of this year. A. will be finished B. finishes C. will finish 34. —Mike hurt his arm the day before yesterday. Now he's in hospital. A. I'm sorry to hear that B. That's all right C. I hope you'll feel better soon 35. She saw some boys soccer on the playground when she was on the way to the classroom. A. played B. to play C. playing 36. —Would you mind my closing the window? A. Certainly not B. Yes, please C. Sorry, I won't 37. My brother came back home while I homework. A. am doing B. were doing C. was doing 38. 一Excuse me. Where is the nearest post office? —Sorry, I'm new here. 一 ! A. Thank you all the same B. What a pity C. Bad luck 39. I don't know if it tomorrow. If it ，we won't go on a picnic. A. rains; rains B. will rain; rains C. will rain; will rain 40. —Shall we go to the concert this evening? — . Let's buy the tickets first. A. Best wishes B. That's right C. Good idea 第二节完形填空(共10个小题，每小题1分，满分10分) 阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题的A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳 选项。 One day, Peter went to see his doctor. “I am always tired when I 41 in the morning，” he said. "Do you sleep well?"the doctor asked. ”Well, not 42 I dream so much. I have being like this for a long time. ” Peter answered. "Well, sometimes dreaming is good 43 us，” said the doctor. “ Maybe，" Peter said,"But my trouble is 44 I always dream about hard work! Last night,as soon as I fell 45 ，I dreamt that I went to the 46 to plant trees all night long ～ Then several nights ago, I dreamt that I was on an old 47 in a terrible storm at sea. We had to work for hours to stop the ship from sinking. It seems that, in my dreams I always have very difficult jobs to do. " "What about the sleeping 48 that were given to you several days ago? Don't they work?” the doctor asked. “Yes，but not well. But if I don't take one, I will be awake all night. ” "Then try 49 before you go to sleep. 50 ，listen to light music，” the doctor said. 41. A. wake up B. go to bed C. sleep 42. A. hardly B. suddenly C. really 43. K for B. of C. with 44. A. what B. that C. how 45. A sleep B. sleeping C. asleep 46. A. house B. garden C. library 47. A. ship B. train C. plane 48. A. pill B. medicine C. pills 49. A. relax B. to relax C. relaxed 50. A. By the way B. And so on C. For example 第三部分阅读理解(共20小题，每小题2分，满分40分) 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出最佳选项。 A Are you interested in country music? I like it very much! It will take me away for a while after I am tired The guitars and songs will take me to mountains and fields. Country music usually talks of everyday life and feelings. It's the spirit of America, easy to understand, slow and simple. Country music developed in the Southern United States. It was the folk music of American countryside. Many of the songs tell about the lives of farmers. They talk about love, crops or death. The life of the countryside can be hard, so the words in country music are often sad. At first，people played the music only at family parties. But it became more popular later. In the 1920s, people played country songs on the radio, and they made them into records. When people in the countryside moved to towns and cities to look for work, they took their music with them. Country music continued to change and became popular across America. John Denver was one of America's most famous country singers in the 1970s. His song “Take Me Home, Country Roads” is well-known and people still play it today. 51. Country music is usually about . 4- everyday life and feelings B. farmers' feelings C. the lives of workers 52. Country music developed . A. in John Denver's city B. in the Southern United States C. in the Northern United States 53. People began to make country song records . A. in the 1920s B. in 1920 C. in the 1970s 54. Why did Country music become popular in America? A. Because city people liked the music. B. Because farmers moved to cities with their music and it continued to change. C. Because country music talked about city people's lives. 55. Who is famous for the song “Take Me Home, Country Roads”, A. A farmer in the countryside. B. A person who moved to towns. C. John Denver. B Live POD Music Enjoy the music from Jay Chou，the famous pop singer. PLACE : The music hall DATE : July 20—22 PRICE:?200?250 TIME800 pm —10:00 pm :: Soanish Dancing Spanish dancing is fun and easy to learn. Come and learn this wonderful dance from Spain. PLACE John Smith's DATE July 1—31 PRICE: ?60 TIME: 7: 30 pm—9 :30 pm TEL: 301—2768 Shows—Daqian Museum Daqian Museum has over 1，000 pieces on display here. Come and see the whole of Chinese history! PLACE :Daqian Museum DATE July 1 一 August 31 PRICE: ?50 (half for students) TIME : Monday to Friday: 8:30 am—5:30 pm Weekends: 9:00 am—8 : 00 pm 271—1399 TEL: 56. If you want to learn dancing, you can call . A. 271-1399 B. 301—2768 C. 488—6888 57. You can enjoy Jay Chou's music at in the music hall. A. 8:00 pm on July 20 B. 9:00 pm on July 23 C. 7:30 pm every day 58. You can learn at John Smith's. A. American Jazz B. Spanish Dancing C. pop songs 59. -Look ～ There is a big show on history at . -Cool! I'm a big fan of history. A. the music hall B. Daqian Museum C. John Smith's 60. If Mr Zhong wants to go to the museum with his wife and ten-year-old daughter, how much should he pay for it? A. Y75. B. ?100. C. ?125. . C My mother was telling me about how she and her family got their first television when she was a teenager. Of course it was black and white. She said she only watchcd it at night. She doesn't remember ever watching it in the morning or afternoon. When I was young we had only about 3 or 4 different channels. My bothers, my sisters and I would sometimes fight about which channel to watch. But we usually enjoyed the same shows. Nowadays we can get hundreds of channels on TV. I can't believe it! There are channels with old movies, cooking, fishing and so on. It's amazing! There is a channel for everything. I wonder how much my bothers, my sisters and I would fight if we had hundreds of channels when I was a child. Of course we had only one television set. These days I notice families with 2 or 3 or more television sets in their homes. I guess it stops people from arguing over which channel to choose from. 61. In those days, what kind of television sets did people only have? A. Black and white ones. B. Color ones. C. All kinds of television sets. 62. My mother watched TV when she was young. A. in the morning B. in the afternoon C. at night 63. Nowadays, how many channels can wc get on TV? A. 3 or 4 different channels. B. Only one channel. C. Hundreds of channels. 64. When I was a teenager, my brothers, my sisters and I usually enjoyed . A. four shows B. the same shows C. different shows 65. Which of the following is NOT true? A. My bothers, my sisters and I would sometimes fight about which channel to watch when I was a child. B. These days, there is only one channel with old movies，cooking and fishing. C. People have many channels to choose from now. D “I just gave birth to 5 babies last weekend. "Isn't that exciting? Oh, you don't believe me? "Okay then, I stole some money from a bank on Saturday night. ” Now do you believe me? Actually, I hope you don't. April 1st，or April Fool's Day is the day when we play jokes on people. Do you have it in your country? April Fool's Day started in the sixteenth century in Europe. Before that time， New Year's Day was celebrated on April 1st. Then a new calendar called the Gregorian calendar was introduced. January 1st became the first day of the year, but many people did not know about it. So those who continued to celebrate New Year's Day on April 1st were teased. They were called fools. Nowadays wc play jokes on people on April 1st. For example，someone might put salt in the sugar bottle so another person could put it in his coffee "by accident”. Or someone might change the time on another person's alarm clock so that person would unknowingly wake up earlier or later than planned. Or maybe a person would tell a lie to make someone else shocked. After we play the trick, we say "April Fool". Then the poor person realizes he was fooled. It is generally done in the spirit of fun and doesn't cause any real harm (伤害)to anyone. Do you have any great jokes to play on anyone today? Try it out. Just. don't forget to say “April Fool” when the other person begins looking a little confused. 66. Before the sixteenth century. New Year's Day was . A. April 1st B. January 1st C. October 1st 67. Which of the following situations doesn't make you "April Fool", A. Someone might put salt in the sugar bottle, then you could put it in your coffee "by accident". B. A man might take your bag by mistake, then he could say sorry to you. C. Someone might change the time on your alarm clock，then you would unknowingly wake up earlier or later than planned. 68. Sometimes people lie to shock someone on . A. New Year's day B. Christmas Day . C. April Fool's Day 69. In the 2nd paragraph, the close meaning of the underlined word “teased"is in English. A. hit B. criticized C. laughed at 70. What should be the right attitude(态度)towards “April Fool"? A. It is generally done in the spirit of fun and doesn't cause any real harm to anyone. B. It is done for the real fools. C. We needn't say "April Fool"when we play jokes on people on April 1st. 加试卷(共五节，满分60分) 第一节口语应用(共5小题，每小题1分，满分5分). 从对话后的选项中选择适当的选项补全对话，并将其正确答案写在题后相应的横线上。 (X : Xiao Lin L : Li Xin S : Saleswoman) X:Hello, Li Xin! Where are you going? L: 71 . XTo Junlin Mall? 72 . : L: Don't you know what the date is tomorrow? X:Oh，I remember ～ Tomorrow is Women's Day! L: Yes, you're right～ I'm going to buy a gift for my mother. 73 XOf course, I'd like to. Let's go to the mall together. : (At the shop) X: 74 . L:I think scarfs are the best ones. X:That's great～ I agree. L: How about these ones? X: They，re beautiful. X and L: 75 . S?80 for each. They're ?160 in all. : X and L: Here you are. A. How much are they? B. Would you like to get a gift for your mother? C. To Junlin Mall. D. Can you go with me? E. What kind of gifts should we buy? F. What are you going to do there? G. Can I help you? 71. 72. 73. 74. 75. . 第二节任务型阅读(共5个小题，每小题2分，满分10分) 阅读下列短文，完成短文后面的信息表(词数不限)。 Have you ever studied abroad? Maybe it is an amazing experience, especially when you come to Australia as an foreign high school student. You can have a lot of fun there，especially on holidays. There are many festivals in Australia. The most important one is Christmas. Each year, the summer holidays at every high school last about two months from the beginning of December to February, which covers the Christmas time. Since it is a long holiday, most foreign students in Australia love to fly back to their home countries to spend the time with their families and friends, but a few students still stay in Australia during the holiday to get part-time jobs. It is quite easy to find a part-time job at Christmas. Students often take part in another major social activity. They go to the beach to have fun in the sunshine. The summer in Australia is from. December to February, so going to the beach in December is very popular among Australians. Easter in March is another important holiday in the year. It actually combines "Good Friday" and “Easter Monday". Almost every shop closes on Good Friday. ' And people usually go to see Easter Show. The Chinese New year is not a public holiday in Australia, so every Chinese student still has to go to school to study and do his or her normal duties. Information about Australia Summer holidays From 76. to February The most popular activity in December 77. . Two important holidays Christmas and 78. The thing people usually do on Good Friday 79. . What to do for a few foreign students in summer 80. . 第三节动词填空(共10个小题，每小题1分，满分10分) 用所给动词的正确形式完成短文，并将答案依次填在短文后面相应的横线上。 Dear Zhang Lin, How's it going? I 81 (have) some problems at school. I find it difficult to work in the evening and I can't concentrate on anything at the moment. I spend most of my time 82 (listen) to records or watching TV instead of doing my homework. The other students in my class 83 (be) much better than me. I have the following problems as well. I can't always take down the important things my teacher 84 (say)，because I write too slowly. She 85 (tell) me that I'm falling behind my classmates in my studies. I'm not good at 86 (write) and I usually hand in my homework late because I won't do it until the last minute. So I often have to find different excuses—87 (let) my teacher know why I haven't done the homework. I'm sure I 88 (get) through my final exam in January. I'm now so far behind the other students that I don't know how I can 89 (catch) up with them. Last week, when my teacher 90 (help) me with my homework, she found so many mistakes, which made me more upset. Could you please give me some good suggestions? Yours， Wei Hua 81. 82. 83. 84. 85. . 86. 87. 88. 89. 90. . 第四节短文改错(共10个小题，每小题1分，满分10分) 此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断:如无错误， 则在该行右边横线上画一个钩(V);如有错误(每行只有一个错误)，则按下列情况改正. 该行多一个词:把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉，并在该行右边横线上写出该词，且也用斜线划掉。 该行缺一个词:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(^ )，并在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。 该行错一个词:在错的词下面划一横线( )，并在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。 注意:该行没有错的不要改。 Dear Li Hua, I heard from you yesterday. I learn that you feel 91. . very nervous after the exams. And I also know you 92. . are under too many pressure these days. Now let me 93. . give y5u some advices. First, you need to sleep for at least 94. . eight hours everyday. If you don't have enough sleep, 95. . you feel very tired. Second, you should do some 96. . exercise such as run and playing basketball. 97. . Third，it's very good for you to listen to the music, watch TV, 98. . or surf the Internet after a long time study. In a word, 99. . you should learn to relax you. 100. . Wish you good luck on your exams ～ Yours, Mr Liu 第五节书面表达(共1个小题,满分25分) 目前，内江市正在积极创建全国文明城市，请你以校学生会的名义就“创建文明城市”这一主题，根据下列提示写一封倡议书。 要点提示: 1. 爱护花草树木; 2. 不在公共场所随地吐痰、乱扔垃圾; 3. 遵守交通 规则 编码规则下载淘宝规则下载天猫规则下载麻将竞赛规则pdf麻将竞赛规则pdf ; 4. 尊敬师长，礼貌待人; 5. 团结友爱，助人为乐; 注意字数在80字左右;倡议书应包含所有要点;不要逐句翻译，但可适当发挥。 2. 倡议书的开头与结尾已给出，不计人总词数。 3. 参考词汇:traffic rules交通规则;respect vt. 尊敬 Dear schoolmates， Our Neijiang City is trying to set up a national civilized(文明的)city. We know it includes excellent environment and good behavior. So we middle school students can do something for it. Let's start from ourselves～ The Student Union June 13th, 2010 2010年四川省内江市中考英语试题参考答案或听力材料 1. C 2. A 3. A 4. C 5. A 6. B 7. C 8. C 9. B 10. C 11. C 12. A 13. C 14. B 15. A 16. C 17. B 18. A 19. B 20. C 21. A 22. C 23. C 24. B 25. A 26. C 27. A 28. B 29. A 30. B 31. C 32. B 33. A 34. A 35. C 36. A 37. C 38. A 39. B 40. C 41. A 42. C 43. A 44. B 45. C 46. B 47. A 48. C 49. B 50. C 51. A 52. B 53. A 54. B 55. C 56. B 57. A 58. B 59. B 60. C 61. A 62. C 63. C 64. B 65. B 66. A 67. B 68. C 69. C 70. A 71. C 72. F 73. B 74. E 75. A 76. December 77. Going to the beach 78. Easter 79. Going to see/Seeing Easter Show 80. Get/Do part-time jobs 81. have 82. listening 83. are 84. says 85. has told 86. writing 87. to let 88. am not going to get/won't get 89. catch 90. helped 91. V 92. after—before 93. many一much 94. advices—advice 95. everyday一every day 96. 八 feel一will 97. run—running 98. ^h^ 99. time-^time's 100. you-^yourself One possible version Dear schoolmates, Our Neijiang City is trying to set up a national civilized city. We know it includes excellent environment and good behavior. So we middle school students can do something for it. To make our city more beautiful, we are supposed to take care of flowers and trees. We mustn't spit in public or throw rubbish everywhere. And we should not break the traffic rules. As middle school students, we should respect our teachers and the old. We should also get on well with each other friendly and be polite to other people. Besides, We should be always ready to help each other. Do you agree with us? Let's start from ourselves ～ The Student Union June 13th，2010 2010年四川省南充市中考英语试题 (满分100分，考试时间90分钟) 第一部分听力(共两节;满分20分) 第一节(共5小题;每小题1分，满分5分) 听下面五段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三幅图片中选出最佳选项。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话读两遍。 1. What is Lucy drawing? 2. How much is the pen? 3. Where is the watch now . 4. How s the weather this afternoon? 5. What did Linda lose? 第二节(共15小题;每小题1分，满分15分) 听下面五段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、c三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟;听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读三遍。 听第6段材料，回答第6至第7两个小题。 6. Where is the woman going? A. Tianjin. B. Beijing. C. Nanjing. 7. Why does the man tell the woman to be careful next time? A. Because she is a person with bad luck. B. Because she has got a chance to travel. C. Because she fell off her bike and hurt her arm. 听第7段材料，回答第8至第10三个小题。 8. What are the two speakers going to do this evening? A. Have dinner in a restaurant. B. Go to see friends. C. , Make Sichuan food. 9. Why doesn't the man feel like having Sichuan food today? A. Because it's too expensive. B. Because it's too hot. C. Because the restaurant is too far. 10. What kind of food do they both like? A. Chinese food. B. Fast food C. Italian food. 听第8段材料，回答第11至第13三个小题。 11. What are they talking about? A. Their favorite sports. B. A sports meeting. C. Long jump. 12. What sport does Gina like? A. Jumping. B. Running. C. Swimming. 13. How did Steve do in the sports meeting last year? A. He got the first place in running. B. He did best in the high jump. C. He did best in the long jump. 听第9段材料，回答第14至第16三个小题。 14. Who is the man? A. Sally's teacher. B. A policeman. C. Sally's friend. 15. Why does the woman call the man? A. She can't find her daughter. B. Her daughter didn't go to school. C. She wants to ask for a leave for her daughter. 16. How tall is Sally? A. About 6 feet tall. B. About 5 feet tall. C. About 4 feet tall. 听第10段材料，回答第17至第20四个小题。 17. When is Mother's Day in the USA? A. The Second Saturday in May. B. The Second Sunday in May. C. The Second Sunday in March. 18. Who does the housework on Mother's Day? A. Mother does. B. Father does. C. Any members of the family except mother. 19. Do dad and children let mom get up early? A. No. B. Yes. C. I don't know. 20. Where do the children put their cards and small presents? A. In bed. B. On the plate. C. In mother's favorite books. 第二部分基础知识运用(共两节;满分25分) 第一节单项选择(共15小题;每小题1分，满分15分) 从所给的三个选项中选出最佳答案。 21. There is big apple on desk. A. an; the B. a;an C. a; the 22. —What's the today? 一It's June 13. A. date B. time C. day 23. —Does the child need any help? —No. She is to dress herself. A. enough old B. young enough C. old enough 24. Do you want tennis with me on Saturday morning? A. to play B. play C. playing 25. The shoes John's,they are too small for him. A. could be B. can't be C. mustn't be 26. I'll go hiking if it tomorrow. A. won't rain B. rain C. doesn't rain 27. 一-Tom, would you like to go shopping with me? — ，but I must finish my homework first. A. I'd like to B. Yes，I do C. Of course not 28. I have changed a lot in the last few years. Now I'm than before and I'm more outgoing. A. much tall B. much taller C. more taller 29. I'm not busy. I don't have to do. A. something B. nothing C. anything 30. It will you about two hours to fly to Beijing from Nanchong. A. spend B. take C. use 31. The twins were very tired, but of them stopped to have a rest. A. both B. neither C. either 32. —How beautiful your skirt is! Is it new? 一No，I have it for two months. A. borrowed B. bought C. had 33. Our English teacher is always very and makes us feel . A. kind; relaxed B. kind; relaxing C. strict; to relax 34. Jimmy is unhappy. Let's go and . A. cheer up him B. take after him C. cheer him up 35. Tom sked Mike . A. where did he live B. where he lived C. where does he live 第二节完形填空(共10小题;每小题1分，满分10分) 先通读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后面各题所给的选项中选出最佳答案。 Mr Price was the owner of a shop. He lived alone in a small room above his shop. He was 36 afraid that one night someone might break into his shop. 37 Friday night, when he checked his money after closing up, he found that he had taken in almost 10，000 pounds that day. So he thought that keeping 38 money in the shop was a dangerous thing. He 39 the money with him to the bedroom, put it in the pocket of his coat and went to bed with his coat on. At midnight a loud 40 of the doorbell made 41 wake up. He got out of bed and called out in a shaky(颤抖的)—42_，“What do you want?"Under the street light 43 a policeman. "Sorry to wake you up，"the policeman 44 ，"but all the lights are on in your shop. I think you just forgot to 45 them off when you closed up. ” 36. A. happily B. always C. well 37. A. One B. A C. The 38. A. so many B. such much C. so much 39. A. picked B. took C. needed 40. A. ringing B. talking C. speaking 41. A. he B. his C. him 42. A. sound B. voice C. noise 43. A, had B. has C. was 44. A. said B. spoke C. told 45. A. put B. turn C. take 第三部分阅读理解(共15小题;每小题2分,满分30分) 阅读下面的短文，从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳答案。 A This is a story about a monkey. An old man had a monkey. The old man liked the monkey very much. The monkey was very clever. When birds came to the garden, he drove(驱赶)them away. He also helped the old man in many other ways. On a hot afternoon, the old man was asleep in his chair in the garden. A fly(苍蝇)came and sat on the end of the old man's nose. The monkey drove it away. Soon the fly came back again and sat on the old man's nose again. Again the monkey drove it away. Again and again, the monkey became very angry. He jumped up, ran to pick up a large stone. When he came back, the fly was on the old man's nose again. The monkey hit it with that stone. The fly fell off, but the old man's nose was broken. Well, many people,even our friends, sometimes do things just like the monkey. They do things too quickly but they don't think much before they do. Maybe they sometimes bring us trouble,though they mean to do something good. 46. The monkey . A. never helped the old man B. drove the children away from the garden C. could do a lot of things for the old man 47. What happened when the old man was asleep? A. The monkey was doing housework. B. A fly came and sat on the old man's nose. C. A lot of birds came into the garden. 48. Why did the monkey get angry? A. Because he didn't pick up a stone. B. Because he was afraid of the old man. C. Because he couldn't drive the fly away. 49 . fell off at last. A. The old man's nose B. The fly C. The monkey 50. What can we learn from the story? A. We must think carefully before we do things. B. The monkey can't help us at all. C Don，t be angry at any time. B After seven years of preparations(准备)，the 2008 Summer Olympic Games was held in Beijing，China from August 8 to August 24，2008. More than ten thousand athletes took part in the Summer Games. They took part in more than three hundred events in twenty-eight sports. The top ten ranked countries at the Games are listed below. Beijing 2008 Summer Olympic Games Silver(银) Bronze(铜) Total(总计) Rank Nation Gold 1 China(CHN) 51 21 28 100 2 United States(USA) 36 38 36 110 3 Russia(RUS) 23 21 29 73 4 Great Britain(GBR) 19 13 15 47 5 Germany(GER) 16 10 15 41 6 Australia(AUS) 14 15 17 46 7 South Korea(KOR) 13 10 8 31 8 Japan(JPN) 9 6 10 25 9 Italy(ITA) 8 9 10 27 10 France(FRA) 7 16 18 41 51. How many days did the 2008 Summer Olympic Games last? A. Eight. B. Ten. C. Seventeen. 52. Which country won nine gold medals? A. Japan. B. Italy. C. Australia. 53. Which country won the most silver and bronze medals? A. France. B. The United States. C. Russia. 54. How many more gold medals did China have than South Korea? A. Fifty-one. B. Sixty-four. C. Thirty-eight. 55. Which one is NOT true according to the above information? A. Over ten thousand athletes took part in the 2008 Summer Olympic Games. B. Great Britain had the same number of silver medals as Germany. C. There were twenty-eight sports in the 2008 Summer Olympic Games. C English is the language of international business. Many people learn English so they can do better in business. Sometimes business English is hard to understand. Why? Because it's full of “lingo". What's “lingo", Here's an example. People in business sometimes say this, "He's a fat cat. ”Are they talking about a cat that needs more exercise? No! They mean,"He's rich. "That's business lingo. If you join our course, you'll learn all the business lingo you need. Our program has three courses in business English. Each course is twelve weeks long. For a few dollars each month， you get : . Three sixty-minute classes each week. We teach our class in the evening, so you won't miss work or school. Our classes are small—only twelve to fifteen students. . Teachers from North America and the UK. All of our teachers speak English as their first language. . Books and tapes for learning at home. The instructions are easy to follow ～ . An English certificate. If you pass the final examination, we give you a certificate. Businesses around the world know our certificate. Where do you want to work? Our certificates will help you get a job. Dates: All courses start on September 1 and March 1. Registration(登记):Send your name, address and payment to: The International School of English, Business English Courses. You can find us on the Internet, too. Cost: Each course costs $ 249. 99. 56. The passage is . A. an advertisement B. a notice C. a report 57. The International School of English mainly teaches people . A. sports English B. computer English C. business English 58. If you finish the three courses, you need to spend hours. A. one hundred and eighty B. one hundred and eight C. one hundred and eighteen 59. The underlined word “certificate” in the passage means “ ” in Chinese. A. 证书 B. 护照 C. 收据 收据样本发票收据签收表收据模板发票与收据收据单 60. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage? A. You should pay $ 749. 97 for the three courses. B. The certificate will help you get a job all over the world. C. The school only has lessons in the evening in September and March. 第四部分口语应用(补全对话)(共5小题;每小题1分，满分5分) 从对话后的七个选项中选择五项适当的选项补全对话，将其字母代号填入下面相应的横线 上。 A: Have you ever read the novel “Jane Eyre", B: 61 A: What a pity(遗憾)～ It's a wonderful book, you know. B: Well,I've been wanting to read it for a long time, but I can't get one. The library has only three and 62 A: Well, 63 If you like,I'll lend it to you. B: Thank you. 64 By the way,when can I get it? A: 65 Will you please come to my house after school? B:OK,I'll go as soon as school is over. A. That's very kind of you. B. I forgot where I had put it. C. You really should read it. D. they are all out E. I'm afraid I haven't. F. I haven't had it with me. G. I have a copy of my own. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. . 第五部分写(共三节;满分20分) 第一节单词拼写(共5小题;每小题1分，满分5分) 根据各句中所给汉语注释，在句子右边的横线上写出其正确形式。 66. Rowan Atkinson's movie Mr Bean is a very (成功的)comedy. 66. . 67. My grandfather used to take an (兴趣)in Beijing Opera. 67. 68. They did all the work by (他们自己). 68. 69. We are busy (练习)speaking English. 69. . 70. Shanghai is now holding the (四十一)World Expo(世博会). 70. . 第二节短文填空(共5小题;每小题1分,满分5分) 根据短文内容和首字母的提示，把文中所缺词语补充出来，使短文完整、正确、 通顺。(每空限填一词，将其填写在文后相应编号的横线上 At our school，we s 71 have a special day to help others. Last year we went to an old people's home and s 72 songs and performed a play for them. The old people were very happy. We should be allowed to take time do things like that more often. For example，we should visit primary Schools and help teach young students. I want to be a teacher w 73 I'm older, so it would be a great e 74 for me. Other students would like to do other jobs. For example,my friend Tian Ge wants to write for a newspaper. She should be allowed to volunteer at the newspaper office once a week. On Friday afternoons，many students are s 75 after a long week of classes. Some students should be allowed to have Friday afternoons off to volunteer and help others. 71 . 72. 73. 74. 75. . 第三节书面表达(满分10分) 提示. . 马上就要初中毕业了，你有没有想过自己将来要干什么,你的理想是什么, 请以I want to be. . . 为题，写一篇80词左右的小短文。 要点你的理想是什么, 2. 你为什么会有这样的理想, 3. 你将如何实现你的理想, 要求短文应包括所有要点，可适当发挥; 2. 语句通顺、意思连贯; 3. 文中不可出现真实的人名、地名和校名。 2010年四川省南充市中考英语试题参考答案或听力材料 1. A 2. B 3. B 4. C 5. B 6. B 7. C 8. A 9. B 10. C 11. A 12. B 13. C 14. B 15. A 16. C 17. B 18. C 19. A 20. B 21. C 22. A 23. C 24. A 25. B 26. C 27. A 28. B 29. C 30. B 31. B 32. C 33. A 34. C 35. B 36. B 37. A 38. C 39. B 40. A 41. C 42. B 43. C 44. A 45. B 46. C 47. B 48. C 49. B 50. A 51. C 52. A 53. B 54. C 55. B 56. A 57. C 58. B 59. A 60. C 61. E 62. D 63. G 64. A 65. F 66. successful 67. interest 68. themselves 69. practicing 70. forty-first(或 41st) 71. sometimes 72. sang 73. when 74. experience 75. sleepy One possible version I want be an English teacher I want to be an English teacher when I grow up. Firstly,I like English. I want to use it often in my daily life. Secondly, I like working with students, and enjoy being asked questions and answering them. Thirdly, I'm good at English. So I can teach my students the right way to learn English. Now what I should do is to study hard and get high marks in English tests，and try to practice speaking English as much as possible. Only in this way can I realize my dream of being an English teacher one day. 听力录音材料 第一节:听下面五段对话，每段对沽后有一个小题，从题 中所给的A、B、C三幅图片中 选出最佳选项。听完每段对话 后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。 每段对话读两遍。 What are you doing, Lucy , 1. M: WjI'm drawing a nice train. * 2. MExcuse me, how much is the pen? W: It's five dollars. : 3. M: Where is your new watch? W:Oh, it's on the chair. 4. WHow cloudy! Did you listen to the weather report this morning? : M: Yes. It said there would be a heavy rain this afternooa 5. M: You look worried, Linda. Why? W:I,ve lost the key to my bike. M:That's too bad. 第二节:听下面五段对话或独白。每段对活或独白后有 几个小题，从 题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项， 并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或 独白前，你将有时间 阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟;听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟 的作 答时间。每段对话或独白读三遍。 听第6段材料，回答第6至第7两个小题。现在你有10 秒钟的时间阅读这两个小题。 W: These days I've been both lucky and unlucky. M: What's your good luck? W:Ve got a chance to go to Beijing on business. M:Great! But what's your bad luck? W: I fell off my bike and hurt my arm yesterday. MBe careful next time. ; 听第7段材料，回答第8至第10三个小题。现在你有15秒钟的时间阅读这三个小题。 MDo you have any plan for this evening? : WNo, not yet. : M: How about going out for dinner tonight? W:Great! Where would you like to go? M: Well, what about Sichuan food? W:It?s OK, but I don't feel like having Sichuan food today. M:I don't, either. It's too hot. W: How do you like Italian food? M:Hmm，I like it a lot. W:Me，too. And I know a good Italian restaurant nearby. MGood! Let's go. : 听第8段材料，回答第11至第13三个小题。现在你有15秒钟的时间阅读这三个小题。 M:Gina，what's your favorite sport? WEr, that's hard to say. But I like running. : M: You run very fast, don't you? W: Yes, but not the fastest. Lily runs much faster than I. M: Really? W: Yes. In our class, Lily runs the fastest of all. What about you, Steve? What do you like? M: You like running，but I like jumping，both the high jump and the long jump. WDid you take part in the sports meeting last year? : M: Yes. I took part in high and long jumps and won the first prize in the long jump last year. W: You are also going to take part in this year's long jump, right? M: Yeah! I'll try to make a better record. WGood luck! : 听第9段材料，回答第14至第16三个小题。现在你有 15秒钟的时间阅读这三个小题。 MCity Police Station. Can I help you? : W:Oh，yes, please. It's about my daughter, Sally. She went to school this morning and she hasn't come back yet. M:Take it easy，Madam. Tell me more about it, please. W:Well，my little daughter, Sally, she went to school early this morning and hasn't come back yet. MWhat does she look like? : W : She has short brown hair and blue eyes. M: How tall is she? W: About four feet tall. M: And what's she wearing? W : She is wearing a blue shirt and black shoes. M:Don't worry，Madam. We'll do our best to find her. W : Thank you very much. 听第10段材料，问答第17至第20四个小题。现在你有20秒钟的时间阅读这四个小题。 Mother's day is on the second Sunday in May. On that day father and the children do all the housework. They want to let mother have a rest. When mother is sleeping, they get up early to cook breakfast for her. Children put their cards and small presents for their mother on the plate. Mother's Day is a good day to let mom see what a wonderful family is. 2010年四川省资阳市中考英语试题 (满分120分，考试时间120分钟) 第I卷(选择题共75分) 第一部分听力理解(一)(共两节,满分15分) 第一节(共5小题;每小题1分，满分5分) 听下面5段对话，从题中所给的三个选项中选出与其意思相符的图片。听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟;听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话读一遍。 1. What telephone did the man call? 2. What are the speakers talking about? 3. What would the woman like to have? 4. How did Helen go to ban rrancisco? 5. What is Mary looking for? 第二节(共10小题;每小题1分，满分10分) 听下面4段对话或独白,从题中所给的三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话 5或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题,每小题5秒钟;听完后，各小题将给出秒钟 的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。 听下面一段材料,回答第6,7小趣。 6. Where is the woman? A. In a hotel. B. At the airport C. At home. 7. How much money will they spend on the taxi? A. Four dollars. B. Ten dollars. C. Forty dollars. 听下面一段材料，同答第8?10小题。 8. What is the relationship between the two speakers? A. Teacher and student. B. Brother and sister. C. Father and daughter. 9. What time does the girl usually stop doing her homework? A. At about 1 : 00. B. At about 12: 00. C. At about 5 : 00. 10. What can we know from the conversation? A. The girl is lazy. B. The man is helpful to the girl. C. The man makes the girl nervous. 听下面一段材料，回答第11，12小题。 11. What are they talking about? A. The sports meeting. B. The headmaster. C. Their favorite sports. 12. What will Susan take part in? A. A speech competitioa B. The 400-meter race. C. The 100-meter race. 听下面一段材料，回答第13?J5小题。 13. What is the book about? A. How to travel in England. B. English-speaking countries. C. The ways of learning English. 14. Where are the books now? A. In the school. B. In the shop. C. At the headmaster's office. 15. When can the students get their new books? A. Tomorrow afternoon. B. Tomorrow morning. C. Tonight. 第二部分英语知识运用(共两节，满分30分) 第一节单项填空(共15小题;每小题1分，满分15分) 从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 16. —Do you know anything about writer of the book? 一She is university teacher. A. an; an B. the; an C. an; a D. the; a 17. Maybe we can find something him on the Internet. A. of B. on C. with D. about 18. I've lived here for about . A. two and a half year B. two and a half years C. two year and a half D. two years and half 19. The weather in summer here is like in Beijing. A. this B. that C. it D. its 20. Yesterday was Day. I bought a tie for my father. A. Father's B. the Father's C. Fathers' D. the Fathers' 21. —Have you decided to Shanghai to visit World Expo, Simon? —Yes. I'll go there by train. It's much cheaper than by plane. A. where to go B. how to go C. when to go D. whom to go 22. Be careful, you'll make mistakes in your exams. A. and B. nor C. or D. but 23. Attention, please～ Smoking in the reading-room. A. isn't allowing B. doesn't allow C. wasn't allowed D. isn't allowed 24. —Where's Kitty now? —I'm not sure. She be in the garden. A. shall B. need C. may D. must 25. ——Mary, darling. It's late. You'd better go to bed. —OK, Mum. I'll go to bed as soon as I my homework. A. finish B. finishing C. will finish D. finishes 26. People that lived in the mountains didn't have wells in the past, so they had to water from a spring far away. A. give B. bring C. take D. fetch 27. The coffee is wonderful ～ It doesn't taste like anything I before. A. have B. was having C. have ever had D. had ever had 28. —Hi, Peter. How can you improve your maths so much? —Oh, nothing difficult. The you work at it, the progress you will make. A. harder; more B. harder; great C. harder; greater D. more hardly; more 29. —How beautiful your skirt is! A. Oh, no B. Thank you C. You are welcome D. I don't think so 30. —What did your father ask you? 一He asked me . A. whom I was chatting with B. when would I go home C. where am I with my friends D. if I have finished my homework 第二节完形填空(共15小题;每小题1分，满分15分) 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中选出能填入空白处的最佳 选项。 When I was young, I lived in a lonely house in the forest. Every day, my mother would tell me not to 31 home too late as there would not be any transportation after a certain time. One evening, before going home，I bought a bag of 32 for supper. I was late and 33 the last bus home. I waited for a taxi but there was 34 . I was getting worried 35 it was getting darker and darker. So I 36 to stop cars but none would stop for me until a motorcyclist (骑摩托车的人)took pity on me and stopped to give me a lift (搭车). He looked kind and I accepted his 37 and got onto his motorbike. On the way home, we would pass by a temple (寺庙). At night, the temple would look 38 and frightening with the light from the candles. At first, the motorcyclist was warm and friendly. 39 ，when we were near the 40 his eyes grew bigger and bigger. His kind face turned red with 41 . He was saying something that I couldn't 42 . I was so frightened that I closed my 43 in order not to see his angry face. Then，he 44 in front of the temple and then shouted at me, “Your soup is so 45 ～ It is burning my leg! Can you please move it away?" 31. A. leave B. return C. stay D. find 32. A. vegetables B. meat C. sandwiches D. soup 33. A rode B, caught C. took D. missed 34. A. few B. one C. many D. none 35. A. though B. so C. as D. if 36. A. wanted B. hoped C. tried D. failed 37. A. advice B. offer C. love D. money 38. A. strange B. beautiful C. dark D. tall 39. A. Also B. Anyway C. However D. Besides 40. A. home B. forest C. temple D. bus 41. A. anger B. excitement C. pleasure D. interest 42. A. hear B. understand C. remember D. answer 43. A. nose B. mouth C. ears D. eyes 44. A. stopped B. stood C. waited D. sat 45. A. delicious B. hot C. cold D. thick 第三部分阅读理解(共20小题;每小题1. 5分，满分30分) 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中选出最佳选项。 A A hunter found a piece of forest where there were plenty of animals to hunt. He was pleased, but the only trouble was that the place was very difficult to get to. Then he went to the pilot of a small plane and asked him to take him there. The pilot made his living by carrying hunters to parts of the country where there were no roads and no railways. The pilot said, “I have flown over that part of the country on my way to other places, and I know that we can't land anywhere between this river and these mountains. ” “I thought you were a wonderful pilot，"said the hunter. "Some of my friends said you could land a plane on a stamp. " “That's right，"answered the pilot. “I can land a plane where nobody else can. But I tell you there is nowhere to land in the place you are talking about. ” "And what if I tell you that another pilot did land me there last spring?” said the hunter. “Is that true?” asked the pilot. “Yes，it is. " Well, this pilot could not let himself be beaten by another, so he agreed to take the hunter. When they reached the place, the hunter pointed out a small spot (地点) without trees in the middle of the forest. The pilot thought that there was not enough room to land there, but the hunter said that the other pilot had done so the year before, so down went the plane. When it landed, it turned right over onto its back. As the hunter climbed out, he smiled happily and said, “Yes，that is exactly how the other pilot managed it last time. " 46. The hunter was happy because . A. he found a good place to hunt B. he hunted a lot of animals C. he became a good pilot D. he found a good pilot 47. Why did the hunter ask a pilot for help? A. Because the hunter did not like cars. B. Because the pilot knew the place well. C. Because the hunter could only go there by plane. D. Because the place could be reached faster by plane. 48. What does the underlined part “you could land a plane on a stamp" mean? A. You could put a picture of a plane on a stamp. B. You could land on a place as small as a stamp. C. A stamp is a good place to land a plane. D. You could put a stamp on your plane. 49. According to the passage, the pilot . A. was not a good one B. was not brave enough C. did not know where the place was D. knew there was not enough space to land 50. The pilot landed the plane, . A. but he was badly hurt B. and he felt very happy C. but he nearly broke the plane D. because he found a good place to do so B Liverpool city government want to clear the city of fat pigeons (鹤子). They say that people are feeding the birds，which makes them fat. The pigeons get bigger because their normal food should be seeds(种子)and insects (昆虫)，not high-fat junk food they are eating in the city centre. The government want people to know that everyone who feeds the pigeons is responsible (负责) for the streets being so crowded with these birds. They hope to encourage the birds to move away from the city centre and into parks and open spaces. Ten robot birds have been brought into the city centre to frighten the pigeons away and visitors are asked not to give the pigeons any food. The mechanical (机器的)birds—known as "robops" —will sit on the roofs of buildings. They can be moved around to different places. They look like a falcon, which is a bird that kills pigeons. They even make noises and move up and down their wings (翅膀)to frighten the pigeons. The government hope that the pigeons will go away before the city becomes the European Capital of Culture in two years. 51. Pigeons in Liverpool get fat because they eat . A. birds B. seeds C. insects D. junk food 52. What do Liverpool city government try to do? A. They want people to feed the pigeons with healthy food. B. They want the pigeons to move out of the city centre. C. They want to keep robot birds instead of pigeons. D. They want people to keep the pigeons at home. 53. The robot birds are used to . A. make the city colorful B. help feed the pigeons C. drive away the pigeons D. take the place of pigeons 54. This passage is most probably a(n) . A. notice B. news report C. short story D. advertisement 55. Which of the following might be the best title of the passage? A. Robot Birds B. Clean city C. European Capital of Culture D. Junk food C Read the following information about different pen pals. ? Mary，24 years old, comes from Scotland ? Kim Lee, 19 years old, comes from Seoul, and would like to find a pen pal who comes South Korea. Kim loves travelling and hopes to from East Europe. She likes playing the piano visit Great Britain in the future. He would like a and listening to jazz music. She is interested in pen pal who is interested in discussing the history but does not like discussing politics (政differences between life in Europe and life in Asia. 治). He loves listening to pop music and playing football in his free time. ? Pietro，42， comes from Argentina. He is ? Helga, 31，comes from Germany and speaks a businessman and would like to find a pen pal French, English and Rassian. She would like a pen who is also a businessperson and lives in pal who is interested in exchanging ideas about North America. He is married with three language learning. Sie does not like using children and likes using the Internet in his free cori^)uters for learning and believes that language time. learning can only happen in a classroom. ? Jennifer, 18，comes from New Orleans in ? Alessandro，25 years old, comes from Rome. the United States. She is interested in He is interested in finding a pen pal who speaks discussing the political differences between different languages and can exchange ideas on East Europe and North America. She loves using the computer for learning purposes. He likes riding her horse，Jackie, and listening to jazz playing tennis and football in his free time. music. Choose ONLY ONE pen pal for each person. 56. Peter Vladovic, 18，comes from Serbia and would like a pen pal who is interested in discussing the politics in the world. He likes jazz and playing tennis in his free time. The best pen pal for Peter would be . A. Mary B. Kim Lee C. Jennifer D. Alessandro 57. Stuart, 22，is from Dublin. He loves travelling and wants to visit Asia in the near future and would like a pen pal who likes playing football and who can tell him about the differences between life in Asia and Ireland. The best pen pal for Stuart would be . A. Kim Lee B. Pietro C. Helga D. Jennifer - 58. Tom Synder, 36，is a businessman from Toronto，Canada. He would like to find a pen pal from a different part of the world to discuss business practices and differences between his country and others. The best pen pal for Tom would be . A. Kim Lee B. Pietro C. Jennifer D. Alessandro 59. Jack, 27，is from Londoa His favorite pastime(娱乐)is learning languages. He goes to evening German and French classes and uses his computer to improve his German and French by visiting Internet sites. The best pen pal for Jack would be . A. Mary B. Helga C. Jennifer D. Alessandro 60. Elisabeth, 35 years old, comes from Sydney, Australia. She likes learning languages, but does not like using modern technology(技术). She is interested in finding a pen pal who also enjoys learning languages in a traditional way. The best pen pal for Elisabeth would be . A. Mary B. Pietro C. Helga D. Alessandro D Last week I asked my mum if I could go to a rock festivaL “No”，she said “The music will be too loud . . . there'll be crowds of people . . . you won t know anybody „" These excuses were so poor that I decided there was some other secret reason why she didn't want me to go. After all, this is the first time my mum has ever shown any care about the dangers of loud music. I think Mum is worried about my going to the festival only because my friends and I will have to survive (生存)by ourselves for several days. This might not sound like a big challenge, but surviving means preparing food as well as eating it，putting tents up as well as sleeping in them. . . Mum has clearly realized that if I went to the festival I would soon find out how completely dependent on her I am. And once I realized I was unable to survive on my own, I would never leave home again. Then Mum would have a pathetic teenager/ adult under her feet for the rest of her life. 61. According to the writer, why did his mother refuse to let him go to the festival? A. She didn't like loud music. B. She wanted to go with him but she couldn't. C. She knew something secret about the festival. D. She imagined the future results of letting him go. 62. With whom did the son want to go to the festival? A. By himself. B. With his friends. C. With his teacher. D. With his mother. 63. When they went to the festival, they would . A. lose their way B. live in a hotel C. play rock music D. meet many difficulties 64. The mother realized that . A. her son would learn a lot B. her son would leave home C. her son was very dependent on her D. she was very dependent on her son 65. What does the underlined word “pathetic” in the last paragraph mean? A. 可怜的 B. 成熟的 C. 天真的 D. 可爱的 第I卷(非选择题共45分) 第四部分听力理解(二)(共5小题;每小题1分，满分5分) 第三节(共5小题;每小题1分,满分5分) 听下面一段独白，根据你所听到的内容，完成表格。独白读两遍。每空最多填写三个单词。 An Announcement (通知) Subject School Trip Where to go (66) . at 7:50 am, (67) ，June 10，from the front gate When and where to start How to get there (68) . What to do there (69) in the countryside What to bring and wear bring lunch and wear (70) . 第五部分阅读填空(共10小题;每小题1分，满分10分) 从方框中选择单词，带入短文空格内，使短文意思正确、通顺，再将其适当形式填入短文 后的横线上。每词限用一次。 night child meet unhappy change later trouble sometimes when he I asked a worker to help me repair an old farmhouse. After he had just finished a day of hard work, a flat tire(漏气的轮胎)made 71 lose an hour of his time. As I drove him home, he was 72 and sat in silence. On arriving his home, he invited me in to 73 his family. As we walked to the front door, he stopped at a small tree, touching the branches(树枝)with both hands. When he opened the door, he had 74 a lot. He smiled at his two small 75 and kissed his wife. 76 ，I asked him about what I had seen him do at the little tree. "Oh, that's my 77 tree，” he answered. “I know 78 I have troubles on the job, but those troubles have nothing to do with my wife and the children. So I just hang them on the tree every 79 when I come home and ask God to take care of them. Then in the morning I pick them up again. ” "It's very funny，"he smiled. “ 80 I come out in the morning to pick them up，there aren't as many troubles there as I hung up the night before. " 71. 72. 73. 74. 75. . 76. 77. 78. 79. 80. . 第六部分任务型阅读(共5小题. 每题2分,满分10分) 阅读下面短文，根据短文内容，补全,格中所缺的信息。. 每空最多填写三个单词。 Where would you like to go on holidays? If you are tired of mountains and places of interest, why not go to Inner Mongolia? You can enjoy a great trip there. Inner Mongolia is the third largest area in China. It is near the northern border (边境)of China, and it is on the south of Russia. Inner Mongolia has special natural views, a long history and great culture. There are many historic sites (历史遗迹). Dazhao Temple and Zhaojun Tomb(墓)are two of the most famous ones. But the most attractive thing in Inner Mongolia is its beautiful natural views. Green grass，clean lakes and air, and many kinds of animals make you want to stay there forever. While you visit Inner Mongolia, you can try different activities. They include wrestling(摔 跤)，horse riding and camel riding. You can also visit Mongolian families and enjoy the real life of Mongolians. And you can enjoy the great Mongolian singing arid dancing. Inner Mongolia, (81) to travel Location(位置) In Northern China，(82) of Russia. Natural views Green grass, clean lakes and air and(83) . (84) . Dazhao Temple and Zhaojun Tomb, etc. Wrestling, horse riding，camel riding, and enjoying Activities Mongolians' singing and dancing,and their (85) . 第七部分写作(满分20分) 假设你是李华，你的英国笔友Mike来信询问你的周末生活。请根据以下提示内容给他回 信。 1. 周末不上课，但要完成家庭作业; 2. 课外阅读、做家务、看电视等; 3. 上周日和朋友们去野餐，拍了很多照片。 注意:字数60左右。信的开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。 Dear Mike, I'm very glad to get your letter. You asked me about my life on weekends. Now let me tell you something about it. Best wishes. Yours, Li Hua 2010年四川省资阳市中考英语试题参考答案或听力材料 1. B 2. C 3. B 4, A 5. C 6. A 7. C 8. C 9. B 10. B 11. A 12. C 13. C 14. B 15. A 16. D 17. D 18. B 19. B 20. A 21. B 22. C 23. D 24. C 25. A 26. D 27. C 28. C 29. B 30. A 31. B 32. D 33. D 34. D 35. C 36. C 37. B 38. A 39. C 40. C 41. A 42. B 43. D 44. A 45. B 46. A 47. C' 48. B 49. D 50. C 51. D 52. B 53. C 54. B 55. A 56. C 57. A 58. B 59. D 60. C 61. D 62. B 63. D 64. C 65. A 66. (the)Blue Mountains 67. Monday 68. by bus 69. walk around 70. strong shoes 71. him 72. unhappy 73. meet 74. changed 75. children 76. Later 77. trouble 78. sometimes 79. night 80. When 81. a great/good/wonderful place 82. (on the ) south 83. (kinds of) animals 84. Historic sites 85. real life One possible version Dear Mike, I'm very glad to get your letter. You asked me about my life on weekends. Now let me tell you something about it. I don't have any classes on weekends, but I usually spend some time doing my homework at home. In order to open up my eyes, I often do some reading. After that, I help my parents do some housework for one or two hours. Sometimes I watch TV. Last Sunday, I went to a picnic with some of my friends. We took a lot of pictures and had a good time. Best wishes. Yours， Li Hua 2010年四川省自贡市中考英语试题 (满分150分，考试时间100分钟) 第I卷(选择题共95分) 第一部分听力(共四节，满分20分) 第一节(共5小题;每小题1分，满分5分) 听下面5段小对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最 佳选项，并标在相应位置。每段对话读两遍。 1. What is for scooping ice cream? 2. What kind of food are they talking about? 3. What does the speaker want to borrow?. 4. What does the speaker wear at home? 14. What does the boy want to learn? A. English and computer science. B. Chinese and math. C. 'Math and computer science. 15. Why will he do this? A. Because his teachers told him to. B. Because he thinks studying is interesting. C. Because he thinks these subjects will be very important. 第四节(共5小题;每小题1分，满分5分) 听下面一篇短文，短文后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、c三个选项中选出最佳选项。 短文读三遍。 16. One day, the three sons came home for . A. Father's Day B. Mother's Day C. Mother's birthday 17. Which gift did Jim give his mom? A. A beautiful car. B. A big house. C. A beautiful parrot. 18. Dale gave his mom a parrot as a present because the bird could . A. sing B. dance C. speak 19. How did Mom like the car? A. She often used it. B. She didn't use it. C. She thought it was great. 20. What happened to the parrot? A. Mom cooked it and ate it. B. It read books for the mother. C. Mom played with it. 第二部分基础知识运用(共两节，满分35分) 第一节单项填空(共20小题;每小题1分，满分20分) 从A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。 21. Which of the following answers can take the place of the underlined phrase? —Why are you walking to school? 一Because the bus broke down on the way. A. stopped to work B. ran slowly C. didn't work 22. 下列各组单词中，属于多音节的是 . A. tomato; beautiful B. dinner; breakfast C. student; teacher 23. —What would you like for breakfast，Mr. Green? 一Two pieces of bread and cup of tea，please. A. a; the B. /; a C. /; the 24. — have you stayed in New York? —For about two weeks. A. How soon B. How often C. How long 25. They spent all night the work. A. doing B. did C. to do 26. —Good morning, madam. Can I help you? —Sure，I'd like for cooking vegetables. A. two cups of tea B. three pieces of bread C. five kilos of oil 27. —Have you seen the CCTV news on TV? —Yes， children had a good festival on the Children's Day. A. millions of; sixty B. ten millions; sixtieth C. millions of; sixtieth 28. —Would you like to go to the concert with me tonight? —I'd love to, but of us couple has tickets. Do you have some? A. both B. neither C. none 29. ——Do you know the new mobile phone last week? —Maybe 900 yuan. I'm not quite sure. A. how much she paid for B. how much will she pay for C. how much did she pay for 30. 一Could you please tell me in today's newspaper? —Sorry, . A. something special ; special nothing B. special something; special nothing C. something special; nothing special 31. —May we leave the classroom now? —No, you . You to leave until the bell rings. A. must; are allowed B can't; aren't supposed C. needn't; aren't allowed 32. —Did you watch the football match yesterday? —Yes, I did. You know，my brother in the match. A. is playing B. was playing C. will play 33. —I hear Yang Yan made an English speech at the graduation ceremony(典 礼)yesterday. — and . A. So she did; so did I B. So did she; so I did C. So she was; so I was 34. The following are traffic signs except . 35. 一Have you seen the TV play My Ugly Mother? —Yes, it's well worth . It's moving that I've seen it twice. A. seeing; too B. to see; enough C. seeing; so 36. Taking buses in Beijing is than taking taxies. A. more cheaper B. much cheaper C. less cheaper 37. —We'll have a hiking trip, but when shall we meet? —Let's make it half past eight the morning of June 21. A. at; in B. /; on C. /; in 38. Jim dislikes people talk much but never do anything. A. who B. whom C. whose 39. —Where are the Greens, may I ask? —Well，they England. They have been there for nearly a week now. A. have been to B. are going to C. have gone to 40. If you stay in your room when an earthquake happens，you ought to . ?hide yourself under the table ?stay in the safe place until the shaking stops ? keep yourself under the seat in the bus ?stay away from class, windows, and anything that could fall ?make sure the lights are on and find all your valuable things A. ??? B. ??? C. ??? 第二节完形填空(共15小题;每小题1分，满分15分) 阅读下面A、B两篇短文，掌握其大意，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以 填入相应空白处的最佳答案。 A April 27 is a special day in Britain. It's called Take Our Daughters to Work Day. On that day thousands of girls take a day off school and go with one of their parents to their work places. By doing this, it can 41 girls more about the society where they live. Now the girls can have a close look at 42 their parents are doing. This may help them to be calmer when they have to choose a job. Mary experienced a day of work at her mother's office. This helped her 43 her mother's work better. She said that this made her feel more confident about her future. Schools and many companies support the activity, too. Some schools 44 make the day a necessary part of school life. Experts think that girls with more self-confidence are more likely to be 45 than common girls. 41. A. talk B. keep C. teach 42. A. which B. what C. that 43. A. thank B. understand C. remember 44. A. ever B. never C. even 45. A. successful B. polite C. friendly B Traveling is fun because you can see how people in other parts of the world live. One thing travelers don't often think about before 46 is how other cultures bathe. And bathrooms in many countries may be 47 from the kind you are used to. In the United States, most people take a 48 once a day in the morning. The showerhead is usually mounted (壤嵌)on the 49 and cannot be moved. The bather simply 50 under the water， gets wet, scrubs(擦洗)with soap and often a washcloth, and then rinses(冲洗)off. 51 often take a bath each night and enjoy playing with small toys such as boats and rubber ducks. Many adults, especially women，enjoy a soothing(让人宽心 的)bath 52 rid of stress at the end of the day. 53 is important to remember that when you take a shower or bath in the United States, you should be careful to keep the water inside the bathtub or shower. Unlike bathrooms in many countries，there is no drain(排水管)in the floor. 54 water gets on the floor，it cannot go anywhere and must be 55 up with a towel or mop(拖把). It can also cause problems for the floor. So be careful. 46. A. to travel B. traveling C. traveled 47. A. different B. same C. similar 48. A. shower B. rest C. sleep 49. A. floor B. bath C. wall 50. A. runs B. stands C. lies 51. A. Adults B. Old people C. Children 52. A. gets B. to get C. getting . 53. A. It B. This C. That 54. A. Since B. If C. While 55. A. cleaned B. to clean C. cleaning 第三部分阅读理解(共20小题;每小题2分，满分40分) 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳答案。 A An eight-year-old child heard her parents talking about her little brother. All she knew was that he was very sick and they had no money. Only a very expensive operation could save him now and there was no one to lend them the money. When she heard her daddy say to her tearful mother,"Only a miracle(奇迹)can save him now. ” The little girl went to her bedroom and pulled her money from its hiding place and counted it carefully. She hurried to a drugstore(药店)with the money in her hand. “And what do you want?” asked the salesman. "It's for my little brother," the girl answered. "He's really, really sick and wants to buy a miracle. ” “ Pardon?” said the salesman. “My brother Andrew has something bad growing inside his head and my daddy says only a miracle can save him. So how much does a miracle cost?""We don't sell a miracle here，child. I'm sorry，” the salesman said with a smile. “Listen，if it isn't enough, I can try and get some more. Just tell me how much it costs. ” A well-dressed man heard it and asked,“What kind of miracle does your brother need?” “I don't know，” she answered with her eyes full of tears. "He's really sick and Mum says he needs an operation. But my daddy can't pay for it, so I have brought all my money. ” "How much do you have?" asked the man. " $ 1. 11, but I can try and get some more，” she answered. "Well, what a luck," smiled the man, " $ 1. 11，the price of a miracle for little brother. ” He took up the girl's hand and said,"Take me to where you live. I want to see your brother and meet your parents. Let's see if I have the kind of miracle you need. ” That well-dressed man was Dr Carlton Armstrong, a famous doctor. The operation was successful and it wasn't long before Andrew was home again. How much did the miracle cost? 56. What was the trouble in the little girl's family? A. Her brother was seriously ill. B. They had no money. C. Both A and B. 57. In the eye of the little girl, a miracle might be . A. something interesting B. something cheap C. some wonderful medicine 58. The little girl said again and again "I can try and get some more money”. That shows . A. she had still kept some money B. she hoped not to be refused C. there was no need to worry about money 59. What made the miracle happen? A. The girl's love for the brother. B. Nobody can tell. C. The medicine from the drugstore. 60. From the passage we can infer(推断)that . A. the doctor didn't ask for any pay B. the doctor must be one of the girl's family's closest friends C. the little girl is lovely but not so clever B You want to know about my staying in America, right? Well, to tell you the truth, it is really an eye-opening experience to study here. In China，I had English classes five times a week since fifth grade. However, I didn't know how different textbook English could be from everyday English until I came to Hotchkiss School，Connecticut. When I first studied English, I was told to say，"I am fine. ” when people say "How are you?" But in the US, I found that people say, "I am good. ” or "I'm tired. ” One day, someone greeted me with “ What's up?"It made me confused. I thought for a moment and then smiled because I didn't know what to say. Since then, I have discovered more and more differences between Chinese and US cultures. To my surprise, US girls spend a lot of time in the burning sun to get a tan. However, in China, girls try every possible way to get their skin paler, or "whiter". I was also surprised by how hard-working US students are. In China, schoolwork is almost everything, so we study hard and that's it. But here, a "good” student gets good grades, does a lot for the public and plays sports or music. The kids here are so talented, I am starting to be sorry that I gave up playing the piano at an early age and that I have never thought about sports. 61. According to the writer，textbook English is everyday English. A. quite different from B. the same as C. more difficult than 62. What does the word "tan" in the sixth paragraph mean in Chinese? A. 晒黑 B. 晒白 C. 能量 63. A good US student spends his/her time . A. only in doing homework B. only on sports or music C. on studies, sports or music and public work 64. Which of the following is NOT true? A. The writer is now in US. B. American girls love to have white skin. C. US students are talented and hard-working. 65. Which is the best title"for the passage? A. My Own Travel in the US B. My Studying in the US C. My Opinion about the US C TYPING This course is for those who want to learn to type, as well as those who want to improve their taping. The course is not common. You are tested in the first class and begin practicing at one of eight different skill levels. This allows you to learn at your own speed. Each program lasts 20 hours. Bring your own paper. Course fee(费用):$ 125 Materials: $ 25 Two hours each evening for two weeks. New classes begin every two weeks. This course is taught by a number of professional business education teachers who have successfully taught typing courses before. UNDERSTANDING COMPUTERS This twelve-hour course is for people who do not know very much about computers, but who need to learn about them You will learn what computers are, what they can and can't do and how to use them. Course fee: $ 75 Jan. 4,7,11,14,18 Wed. & Sat. 9:00-11 :30a. m. Equipment fee: $ 10 David is a professor of Computer Science at Beijing University. He has over twenty years of experience in the computer field. STOP SMOKING Do you want to stop smoking? Have you already tried to stop and failed? Now is the time to stop smoking using the latest methods. You can stop smoking, and this twelve-hour course will help you do it. Course fee: $ 30 Jan. 2,9,16,23 Mon. 2:00-5:00p. m. Dr John is a practicing psychologist who has helped hundreds of people stop smoking. 66. If you choose the UNDERSTANDING COMPUTERS course, you will have classes . A. from Monday to Sunday B. on Wednesday and Saturday C. on Saturday and Sunday 67. How long will the STOP SMOKING course last? A. For four weeks. B. For three hours. C. For a week. 68. Mr. Black works every morning and evening, but he wants to take part in one of the three courses. What is suitable for him? A. TYPING B. UNDERSTANDING COMPUTERS C. STOP SMOKING 69. If you want to learn about computers and at the same time you want to improve your typing，how much will you pay for it? A. $ 75. B. $ 150. C. $ 235. 70. What's the special difference between the TYPING course and the other two? A. People with different skill levels may learn at different speed. B. You will take a test after the course. C. You will pay less money. D Millions of young people are writing blogs(博客). Millions of others are reading them. The word “blog"is a short way of saying Web log. Many popular Web sites now offer free, easy ways to create personal Web pages and fill them with writings and pictures. Web sites called “Facebook” and “MySpace" are some of the most popular blog sites for young people. Many young adults use their blogs to write about daily activities and events in their lives. They also provide a place for people to write their ideas and opinions and how they think of others' ideas. Blogs offer young people a place to show their writings and feelings. They can also be helpful to connect young people with others. But blogs can become dangerous when they are read on the Internet by millions of people all over the world. Recent studies show that young people often provide their names，age and where they live on the Internet. That may not be safe for therru This personal information puts them at risk(冒 险)of being searched out by dangerous people who want to hurt them. Many students do not know about privacy (隐禾/O and are surprised to learn that adults can read their personal daily records easily. Students can also get into trouble when they put information about others on their blogs. As a result, many schools have banned(禁止)the use of blogging web sites on school computers. Many schools have also begun teaching parents about the web sites. Parents should know what their children are doing online and should read their blogs to make sure they are not giving out private information. One way to keep away from these problems is to use programs so that blogs can be read by "friends only. ” People can read the website only if they know a secret word chosen by the blogger. 71. "Facebook" and "MySpace" are . A. school subjects B. blog sites for young people C. school online BBS 72. Blogs may be dangerous because . A. they get in the way of studies B. they are not allowed for school students C. personal information can be found in blogs easily 73. This passage is mainly about . A. the safety of children's blogs B. how to search the Internet C. students' behavior at school 74. According to the passage，many schools help children avoid blog problems by doing everything EXCEPT . A. teaching parents about the web sites B. asking students to use programs to refuse strangers C. telling school students not to make any net friends 75. You can enjoy your blog safely if . A. you write your blog at school B. you use a secret number for friends to enter your blog C. your parents have little knowledge about websites 第I卷(非选择题共55分) 第四部分基本技能(共两节，满分20分) 第一节补全对话(共5小题;每小题2分，满分10分) 从方框中选择合适的选项补全对话，使射话意思完整、符合逻辑(有两项是多余的)。 A: Excuse me. I'm a reporter from CCTV. Can I ask you some questions? B: Yes, of course. A: 76 . B: Yes. She said that they were hard-working and she loved them very much. A : What did Yang Lei eat every day at school in Gansu Province? B:She ate porridge three times a day. A: 77 . BShe said the school was 2,000 meters above sea level, and at first the thin air made her feel : sick. A: 78 . BShe said most of their families were poor and they didn't have enough money for education. : A: 79 . B:She said she couldn't do anything about that, but she could open up their eyes to the outside world and give them a good start in life. A; 80 . B: Yes, she liked it very much. She said that when her year was over, she would return to the area after finishing her studies. A : Thank you very much. B: You're welcome. A. Do you like your students? B. Did Yang Lei like her students? C. What did she do to help them? D. Did you enjoy your work here? E. What did she say about the children there? F. Did she enjoy her work as a volunteer teacher? G. How did she feel when she first got to the school? 第二节句型转换(共5小题;每小题2分，每空1分，满分10分) 按要求完成下面各句。每空一词。 81. He did some work this morning. (改成否定句) He do work this morning. 82. The boy next to Li Lei is my friend. (对画线部分提问) is your friend? 83. The playground is wet this morning. It must rain last night. (改为反意疑问句) The playground is wet this morning. It must rain last night， , 84. “Are you going to visit Zi Gong next week?" father asked me. (改成间接引语) Father asked me I going to visit Zi Gong next week. 85. There is only a chair in the room. (同义句转换) There is a chair in the room. 第五部分写(共三节，满分35分) 第一节汉译英(共5小题;每小题2分，每空1分，满分10分) 根据汉语意思完成英语句子，每空一词。 86. 每天傍晚，我妈妈喜欢看杂志。 My mother likes every evening. 87. 今年因为干旱，蔬菜价格增长了 10%。 Because of drought, the prices of vegetables have 10% this year. 88. 无论这道题有多难，我都将尽力把它解出来。 how difficult the problem is, I will try my best to work it out. 89. 我在2010年上海世博会上遇见了一位奇怪的人。 I a person in World Expo 2010 Shanghai. 90. 在玉树地震中，很多故事深深地感动了我们。 We were by many stories in Yushu earthquake. 第二节短文改错(共10小题;每小题1分，满分10分) 下面短文中的画线部分可能是错误的，如果错误请改正，如果正确，请打?，并将答案写在右边相应题号后的横线上。(每空只写一词，并不得改变原句意思。) 例:We often visit the museum last year. 答案:visited Thank you very much of the English stamps you 91. . sent me last time. How beautifully they are ～ I like them 92. . very much. I'm very fond of collecting stamps. I begin 93. to collect stamps at eight. So I have got nearly ten 94. . thousand Chinese stamps or over four hundred foreign 95. . stamps in all. In my opinions，collecting stamps is 96. . an excellent hobby. I enjoy the beautiful colors and 97. . designs of the stamps, from which I learns a lot. I'm glad ` 98. . to hearing you also like stamp -collecting. Shall we exchange 99. . your stamps? I'm looking forward to your early reply. 100. . 第三节书面表达(共1小题;满分15分) “地球一小时”是世界自然基金会应对全球气候变化所发起的一项活动。倡议世界各城市 在特定时间熄灯一小时，以表明对环保行动的支持。请根据下面表格内容，以“Earth Hour”为主题写一篇短文，宣传这一备受全球瞩目的环保活动。 时间 2007年3月31日，悉尼(Sydney)率先行动; 超过220万家庭在晚上7:30同时熄灯 2010年3月27日，全球有125个国家参加，我国有33个城 市也参加了“地球一小时”活动 目的 节约能源(save energy)改善气候(improve climate) 方式 与家人共进烛光晚餐(in the candlelight) 与朋友一起分享(share)故事 要求:1. 内容完整，意思连贯，书写 规范 编程规范下载gsp规范下载钢格栅规范下载警徽规范下载建设厅规范下载 ，文中不得出现真实的姓名校名。 2. 必须用上表格中所有的提示信息，词数80左右。 Earth Hour 2010年四川省自贡市中考英语试题参考答案或听力材料 1. A 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. A 6. A 7. B 8. A 9. C 10. C 11. C 12. B 13. A 14. A 15. C 16. B 17. B 18. C 19. B 20. A 21. C 22. A 23. B 24. C 25. A 26. C 27. C 28. B 29. A 30. C 31. B 32. B 33. A 34. B 35. C 36. B 37. B 38. A 39. C 40. C 41. C 42. B 43. B 44. C 45. A 46. B 47. A 48. A 49. C 50. B 51. C 52. B 53. A 54. B 55. A 56. C 57. C 58. B 59. A 60. A 61. A 62. A 63. C 64. B 65. B 66. B 67. A 68. C 69. C 70. A 71. B 72. C 73. A 74. C 75. B 76. B 77. G 78. E 79. C 80. F 81. didn't; any 82. Which; boy 83. didn't; it 84. if/whether; was 85. nothing? but 86. reading; magazines 87. increased/risen; by 88. No? matter 89. met; strange 90. deeply; moved 91. for 92. beautiful 93. began 94. V 95. and 96. opinion 97. V 98. learn 99. hear 100. our One possible version Earth Hour Earth Hour started in Sydney at 7:30 pm. on March 31， 2007. More than 2. 2 million homes turned off their lights for an hour. On March 27，2010 over 125 countries took part in it，and in our country 33 cities also took part in it. The activity aims to save energy and improve climate. We have different ways to spend the dark hours such as having dinner with our family in the candlelight and sharing stories with our friends. We can also have parties or take, a walk in the parks. 听力录音材料 第一节(共5小题;每小题1分，满分5分) 听下面5段小对话，每段对话后荷一个小题，从题中所给 的A、B、C三个选项中选出最 佳选项，并标在相应位置。每段 对话读两遍。 What is this scoop used for? 1. M: WIt is used for scooping ice cream. : 2. M: How are the crispy potato chips? WThey are really popular. : 3. M:What can I do for you? W: I want to borrow your pocket calculator? 4. M: What are you going to buy? WI need a pair of slippers to wear at home. : 5. M: What were used for sending messages during the wars in the past? W: Kites were used for sending messages. 第二节(共5小题;每小题1分，满分5分) 听下面5段小对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最 佳选项,并标在相应位置。每段对话读两遍。 听第一段对话，回答第6小题。 W: Joe is a nice girl. MSo she is. I often see her help the people in trouble. : 听第二段对话,回答第7小题。 W:The charity show is only two weeks from now. How shall we let more people know it and join us? MWe can hand out advertisements on the streets. : 听第三段对话，回答第8小题。 W: Thanks for your CD，Ben. I'll return it to you by this Friday. M:No hurry. I have another one to enjoy. 听第四段对话，回答第9小题。 M: Hello, may I speak to Mr. Green, please? W: Sorry, Mr. Green isn't in the office. I'm his secretary, Jeniffer. Would you like to leave a message? M:No，thanks. I'll call him again later. 听第五段对话，回答第10小题。 W : Mike, what are you going to do this weekend? M: Nothing much. Why? ; W: Why not be a volunteer like me? I'll go to the old people's home to help do the housework. M: It sounds so meaningful. I'll go with you. I can sing for them and make them happy. 第三节(共5小题;每小题1分，满分5分) 听下面两段对话，每段对话后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳 选项。每段对话读三遍。 听第一段对话，回答第11、12题。 M:The new words are really difficult. W: How many new words have you learned? MBy last term, I had learned about 2,000 words. : W:Really? Where did you learn them, Sam? M: I went to an evening school. WjThe teachers there are very good indeed. M: We students are diligent too. 听第二段对话，回答第13至15题。 W : Where are you going this summer vacation? MI，m going to stay at home. : W: Why aren't you going anywhere? M: I want to learn English and computer science, because these subjects will be very important in the future. W: You can also learn a lot when you travel around the world. M : But I have no much time now. WOK. It's for you. : 第四节(共&小题;每小题1分，满分5分) 听下面一篇短文,短文后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。 短文读三遍。 An old woman lived in the country. She had three sons, Jim, Bob and Dale. They left home to make money and quickly became rich. One year they all came home on Mother's Day. Each of them had a gift for their mother. Jim bought a big beautiful house for Mom. Bob gave her a car. Dale's gift was a parrot that could speak. In the afternoon, they had a big dinner with their mom，and then they left. The woman was happy. Several days later, their mother sent them letters of thanks:“Jim，” she wrote to one son，"the house you bought me is too large. I live only in one room，but I have to clean the whole house. ” "Bob," she wrote to another, “I am too old to travel. I spend most of the time at home, so I don't use the car. ” "Dearest Dale，” she wrote to her third son. "You really know what I like. The bird was delicious. Thanks. ” 2010年四川省乐山市中考英语试题 (满分150分，. 考试时间100分钟) 第I卷(共三部分，满分100分) 第一部分听力(共三节，满分30分) 第一节(共5小题;每小题1. 5分,满分7. 5分) 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三幅图中，选出一个你所听到的内容相符合的选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。每段对话读两遍。 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 第二节(共5小题;每小题1. 5分，满分7. 5分) 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳 选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。每段对话读两遍。 6. What is the film most famous for? A. Its sound. B. Its music. C. Its picture. 7. How does the man probably go home from his new school? A. Walk home. B. Ride a bike. C. Take a bus. 8. When did Mozart write his first opera? A. At the age of 8. B. At the age of 12. C. At the age of 17. 9. How do the speakers study for their test? A. By reading aloud. B. By playing games. C. By asking and answering questions. 10. What is the man?s son's hobby? A. Gardening. B. Collecting fans. C. Cooking. 第三节(共10小题;每小题1. 5分，满分15分) 听下面3段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选 项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。每段对话或独白读两遍。 听下面一段材料，回答第11至13题。 11. What is probably the man? A. A neighbor. B. A stranger. C. A policeman. 12. What happened to the woman? A. The woman got a tiger. B. The woman lost her cat. C. The woman caught a thief (小偷) 13. What can we learn about the woman's cat? A. It has a name. B. It's big and brown. C. It has big ears and eyes. 听下面一段材料，回答第14至16题。 14. What does the man think of Beijing? A. It is older and more historical than Shanghai. B. It is more exciting and historical than Shanghai. C. It is more interesting and exciting than Shanghai. 15. How many people went on the trip to China with the man? A. 4. ， B. 3. C. 2. 16. Why didn't Ben enjoy his trip? A. He was badly ill. B. He complained(抱怨)too much. C. He wanted to travel with his family. 听下面一律材料，回答第17至20题。 17. What is the speaker going to do this weekend? A. Visit his friends. B. Go to the cinema. C. Take photos. 18. What sort of film does Lee like? A. Adventure films. B. Action films. C. Romantic films. 19. Who decided to see the Adventures of Tom Sawyer? A. Ben. B. Lee. C. The speaker. 20. How do the speaker and his friends choose which movie to see? A. They take turns to choose a movie to see. B. They quarrel to decide a movie to see. C. They ask their teachers for advice. 第二部分英语知识运用(共2节，满分30分) 第一节语法和词汇知识(共15小题;每小题1分,满分15分) 从A、B、C三个选项中，译出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 21. —Will you be able to finish your report today? — . A. I'd like it ’ B. I hope so C. I'll do so 22. I know you don't like listening to music very much. But how about music in tbfe film we saw yesterday? A. /; / B. the; the C. /; the 23. Teachers always warn the school kids with strangers on their way home. A. not talk B. not to talk C. no talking 24. Public health is one of the important questions they have to think about. A. most B. more C. / 25. We hope as many people as possible join us for the picnic tomorrow. A. need B. must C. can 26. Look at the timetable. Hurry up! Flight 4206 at 18:20. A. takes off B. took off C. will be taken off 27. With the help of computers，people will find it easier to keep the traffic smoothly. A. to run B. run C. running 28. We missed the last bus and didn't have enough money for taxi, we had to walk home. A. because B. for C. so 29. I thought she was famous, but none of my friends have ever her. A. heard B. heard of C. heard from 30. After the earthquake, the injured(受伤的)people to the hospitals in the neighboring cities. A. were sent B. was sent C. sent 31. I can't remember they will plant trees on Sunday or not. A. if B. whether C. that 32. Our country, the People's Republic of China, celebrated its birthday on October 1st，2009. A. sixty B. sixties C. sixtieth 33. — there any good news in today's newspaper? —No. But there some funny stories worth reading. A. Are; are B. Is; are C. Is; is 34. —How are you getting on with your parents? — . They are my friends as well. A. Very good B. Very well C. Very bad 35. -—When did Tom come to your art class? —He here for weeks. A. came B. has come C. has been 第二节完形填空(共15小题;每小题1分，满分15分) 阅读下列短文，掌握其大意，然后从36?50各题所给的三个或四个选项中，出最佳选项。 A William Shakespeare was one of the world's great writers. He lived in Engh 36 1564 to 1616. Shakespeare is famous for his 37 and poems. His plays are all about love and feelings. Some, like Julius Caesar，are ab< history. 38 ，like Romeo and Juliet，are about love and romance. The plays are very interesting, and the writing is beautiful. Sometimes i 39 to understand them. English today is very different from 40 it was 4 years ago. Also, people in the plays often speak like they're in a poem. There are many movies about Shakespeare's plays. When you don't have the chance to see a live play(现场演出)，you can 41 one of the movies. 36. A. in B. from C. since 37. A. novels B. fairy tales C. plays 38. A. AnotherB. The other C. Others 39. A. hard B. easy C. fun 40. A. what B. that C. which 41. A. make B. enjoy C. write B Emilio lost his wallet at a restaurant. He 42 it everywhere，but he couldn't find it. The waiter didn't have it， 43 . Emilio went home. He was very angry. "Somebody 44 my wallet，"he told his wife. "Are you sure?"she asked. 45 you just lost it" “I don't think so. You can't believe anybody in the world. " Just then, Emilio，s 46 rang. “Hello?"he said in a (n) 47 voice. "Good evening. Is that Emilio Santos?" :Yes，it is. Who 48 ," “This is Pablo speaking. I found your wallet at a restaurant. ” The next day, Emilio met Pablo at a coffee shop. Pablo 49 the wallet Everything was still inside. Emilio thanked Pablo for being so 50 . 42. A. looked for B. looked at C. looked up D. looked out 43. A. too B. either C. neither D. also 44. A. took B. robbed C. stole D. hid 45. A. Hardly B. Maybe C. Nearly D. Surely 46. A. doorbell B. clock C. phone D. recorder 47. A. pleasantB. mad C. sad D. angry 48. A. is there B. are you C. is who D. is that 49. A. gave B. offered C. returned D. showed 50. A. bright B. useful C. wise D. honest 第三部分阅读理解(共20小题;每小题2分，满分40分) 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的几个选项中，选出最佳选项或判断所给句子的正(A)误(B)。 A Do you know everything that you do leaves a "carbon footprint(碳足迹)”, Foi example, when you travel in a taxi, the car gives off (排放)carbon dioxide (CO ) into the air. 2 Carbon dioxide is a greenhouse gas (温室气体). Greenhouse gases make th( Earth become warm. To protect our environment, we need to leave less of a “carbor footprint”. How big is your carbon footprint? To get an idea, take a look at the following numbers. Living areas . TV sets and DVD players produce 723 kg of CO a year. 2 . If you turn them off when you're not using them, you can cut that number by 108 kg. Laundry room (洗衣房) Drying clothes in a dryer produces a lot of CO 2 year. 2 . If you use your dryer five times a week, you produce 185 kg of CO a year. 2 . Dry your clothes in the sun instead. Bathroom . If you take an eight-minute shower(淋浴)every day，you produce 616 kg oi CO a year. 2 . If you only use six minutes to take a shower, you can cut that number by 154 kg a year. 51. Greenhouse gases have a bad effect on the earth temperature. 52. The more of CO we produce，the better environment we have. 2 53. It's a good idea to make use of sun energy instead of electricity. 54. An 8-minute shower produces the same amount of CO as a 6-minute shower does. 2 55. Small things in our daily life can make a lot of difference to the environment. B Widely known as China's “father of space technology"and "king of rockets，" Qian Xuesen died on October 31，2009，at the age of 98. Qian Xuesen was born in Shanghai in 1911. He graduated in 1934 from Shanghai Jiaotong University. The same year, he traveled to the US to study. He received his Doctor's Degrees in both math and space science in the US. After he graduated，Qian began to work for the US Army. He was very smart and rose quickly. By 1945，he was already writing reports on the latest military(军事 的)developments for the government. In 1955，Qian decided to return to China with his wife and two children and work for his motherland, although his road home was not smooth. His return brought China the hope of developing its space science. Qian was in charge of(负责)the research and development of China's missile(导 弹)， rockets and spacecraft. He often spent days and even months at the testing grounds. He shared his knowledge with his partners. With the scientists' efforts, China becomes one of few countries in the world to have nuclear (原子核的)and space technology. Qian has made great contributions(贡献)to the country. "I'll do my best to help our nation to live with dignity (尊严)and happiness，"Qian told reporters before heading for China. And he kept his promise. 56. What does the passage mainly talk about? A. Qian Xuesen's life story. B. Qian Xuesen ?s education in the US. C. Qian Xuesen，s working experience in China. 57. How many years did Qian Xuesen study and work in America? A. Less than ten years. B. More than ten years. C. Only 5 years. 58. The underlined word “rose” can be best replaced by . A. became successful B. became popular C. became proud 59. The reason why Qian Xuesen returned to China was that . A. He was promised to be well paid B. He hoped to live with his family C. He loved his country and wanted to work for his motherland 60. Which of the following statements is TRUE about Qian? A. He graduated from Shanghai Jiaotong University in 1945. B. He got two Doctor's Degrees both in math and medicine. C. He played a very important role in China's development of space technology. C One day, I happened to meet an Englishman in the street and soon we began to talk. As I was talking about how I was studying English, the foreigner seemed to be very surprised, gently shaking his head and saying "You don't say!” I was confused(困惑的)，and I thought, "Perhaps this is not a right thing to talk about. "Then I said to him, "Well, shall we talk about the Great Wall? Have you ever visited it?" "Certainly! Everyone back home will laugh at me if I leave here without seeing it. The Great Wall is wonderful!”"Yes，it is one of the wonders in the world. And people of many countries have come to visit it. "As I went on telling him more about it, he stopped me again， “You don't say!" I couldn't help asking，“Why couldn't I talk about it?” “Well，I didn't stop you talking about it，” he answered, greatly surprised. 4 You don't say!',” I asked again. "Didn't you say Hearing this，the foreigner laughed loudly. He began to explain，“ ‘You don't say， means „Really，. Perhaps you know little about English idioms(惯用语). ” Wow! How foolish I was! Since then I have been careful with English idioms. 61. What made the foreigner laugh loudly? A. English idioms. B. The writer's question. C. Their talking about the Great Wall. D. The writer's way of learning English. 62. Where does the story most probably happen? A. In China. B. In America. C. In England. D. In Japan. 63. The English idiom “You don't say!"means . A. Thank you B. Excuse me C. OK D. Really 64. What does the writer learn from his own experience? A. He should improve his spoken English. B. He should speak with foreigners in a polite way. C. He should pay attention to English idioms. D. He should be brave enough talking with foreigners. 65. The story tells us between languages in different countries. A. the difference B. the popularity C. the grammar rule D. the change D “Everything begins with the Expo. ” The World Expo is the third largest world event after the Olympics and the FIFA World Cup. The first Expo，also called "The Great Exhibition", was held in 1851 in London. Countries build pavilions(展馆)at the Expo, showing off technologies and cultures with colorful exhibitions(展览)and performances. People can experience the most advanced (先进的)technologies at the World Expo. Throughout history, many new inventions have made their debuts at the World Expo, including the bicycle，telephone，television, even the ice cream cone(蛋 筒冰激凌)，hamburgers and hot dogs. But the Expo is not just a trade fair. It's a place for cultural exchange，bringing people close to the rest of the world. For example, at the Shanghai Expo, couples may be able to marry in French style weddings at the French Pavilion. Thailand will let visitors walk into its emperor's palace. Visitors to the Austria Pavilion will have the chance to experience the snow-capped mountains of the country. Many countries have also decided to bring their national treasures(珍宝)at the event. You will see Denmark(丹麦)?s Little Mermaid, paintings by Van Gogh and Paul Cezanne from France. Since the 1933 Expo in Chicago，the World Expo began to have a theme. The theme of the Shanghai Expo is "Better city, better life”. It will call on the world to solve(解决)the problems human beings face as a result of urbanization(城市化). In the future, more and more people may care about protecting the places they live in. 66. According to the passage, what is probably the first world largest event? A. The Olympics. B. The FIFA World Cup. C. The World Expo. D. The World Trade fair. 67. The underlined word “debuts"means in Chinese. A. 获得利润 B. 批量生产 C. 初次展出 D. 受到追捧 68. Which of the following inventions is NOT mentioned at the World Expo according to the passage? A. TV. B. Bicycle. C. Sandwich. D. Hot dogs. 69. Which of the following is connected with Denmark? A. Emperor's palace. B. Snow-capped mountains. C. Famous paintings by Van Gogh. D. The Little Mermaid. 70. What can we learn from the passage? A. The 1933 Expo was held in London. B. The Shanghai Expo is the first one to have a theme. C. The World Expo has a history of over two hundred years. D. The Shanghai Expo will solve problems on how to live a better city life. 第II卷(满分50分) 第四部分写作(共四节，满分50分) 第一节词汇(共10小题;每小题1分,满分10分) A)根据下面每句句意、汉语提示及英语解释，在句子右边的横线上写出空白处所缺单词的 正确形式;每空一词。 71. Australia is famous for its (绵羊). 71. ; . 72. He had a bad cold. He seemed to be (欲睡的)all day. 72. 73. In class the teacher speaks (慢慢地)so that we can always hear clearly. 73. . 74. He (go from one place to another) to London and joined a theatre company. 74. 75. Go to the Expo Park, and you will see a (very big; very large) red building—the China Pavilion. 75. . B)读下面一段短文，用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空，并将正确答案填入短文后的横线 上。 Once a mouse sat on the back of an elephant by accident. The elephant was going on a trip with heavy bags on his back. The mouse 76 (feel) important when he sat so high on the elephant's back. In the evening, while he 77 (have) a rest，the mouse jumped down from the elephant's back and said to him,"See, I have got down. You must feel 78 ( relax). "The elephant smiled and 79 ( reply)， "Thank you. But I do not feel a big difference. You are too small，my friend. "Some people think they are important. But in fact，in other people's eyes, they aren't 80 (special) at all. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80. . 第二节完成句子(共10小题;满分15分) A)按每小题后的要求转换下面的句子;每空一词。(每小题1分;满分5分) 81. He is going to write an e-mail to his friend tomorrow. (改为否定句) He to write an e-mail to his friend tomorrow. 82. My home is two kilometers away from the supermarket. (对画线部分提问) is your home from the supermarket? 83. My uncle bought me a new bike. (改为同义句) My uncle a new bike me. 84. They fly to different places for their holiday. (改为同义句) They go to different places for their holiday . . 85. Work hard, and you'll get high scores. (改为同义句) work hard, you'll get high scores. B)根据下列句子的汉语意思和英文提示，完成句子;每空一词。(每小题2分;满分10分) 86. 因为西南地区的严重干旱，两千多万人面临缺水问题。 More than 20 million people are having difficulty getting safe drinking water the serious drought in the southwest of China. 87. 最近几个月以来，不少人对电视剧《三国》感兴趣。 Quite a few people have become the TV show of the Three Kingdoms in recent months. 88. 我们期待着上海迪士尼乐园的建成。 We are forward the new Disneyland in Shanghai. 89. 一些意大利球迷甚至会放弃工作为他们的国家赢得2010年世界杯助威。 Some Italian fans will even their jobs to see their country win the 2010 World Cup. 90. 我们应尽一切努力保护濒危动物。 We should do what we can to protect all animals . 第三节补全对话(共10小题;每小题1分，满分10分) A)根据下面的对话内容，从对话前的选项中选出最佳选项填入对话后的横线上。选项中有 一项为多余选项。 A. Is she still going to school? B. She's on holiday now. C. Come in, please. D. Is it expensive? E. She isn't working today. F. Not this year. A : May I come in? B: 91 . A: Hello, Kate. Where is Jane? I want her to type this letter for me. B: I'm afraid she can't, Tom. 92 . A: Is she ill? B:No，she is studying for an exam. A: An exam? 93 . B: Yes, she is. She's learning Chinese at a night school. A : I see. Are you going to night school，too? B:No，I'm not. 94 . But I'm thinking about taking a course next year. A:That's a good idea. 95 . B:No，not very. Anyway, it's worth the money. 91 92 93 94 95 . B)根据下面的对话内容，在对话后的横线上填出恰当的表达，使其意思通顺、合理、结构 完整。 A: Excuse me, Mr. Green. I'd like to take a few days off. B; 96 ，Alice? A: My mother is ill. I have to look after her. BOh dear! I'm 97 to hear that. Is there anything I can do to help? : A:No, thanks. My mother has a high fever and coughs day and night. The doctor says she has to be in hospital for a few days. I'd like to be with her. BI understand. 98 will you be away? : A: I hope to be back next Wednesday. B: That's all right. But you must write a note for leave. A:Thank you, Mr. Green. That's very 99 of you. I'll write it at once. B:Don't 100 your lessons. I'll certainly help you with them when you get back. 96. 97. 98. 99. 100. . 第四节书面表达(满分15分) 暑期即将来临，不少同学打算参观2010年上海世博会(the Shanghai World Expo)。请你根 据以下提供的参观要求，用英语写一篇短文，谈谈在游览期间应注意的礼仪，并就这些礼 仪要求简单表达你的看法及理由。 1. 排队等候、不大声喧哗; 2. 在展馆观看表演时，关闭手机、不吃食物; 3. 就餐后，不在餐厅长时间停留、带走垃圾; 4. 一些展馆会赠送礼品，应记得说“谢谢”。 注意:1. 词数:80词左右，开头已为你写好，不计入总词数; 2. 覆盖所有要点;可适当发挥、增加细节，使行文连贯。 3. 参考词汇:排队等候wait in line;展馆pavilion;垃圾rubbish;餐厅cafeteria A large number of students will come to the Shanghai World Expo this summer. Good manners (礼貌)are expected during the visit. 2010年四川省乐山市中考英语试题参考答案或听力材料 1. C 2. A 3. A 4. C 5. B 6. B 7. A 8. B 9. C 10. B 11. C 12. B 13. A 14. A 15. C 16. B 17. B 18. C 19. C 20. A 21. B 22. C 23. B 24. A 25. C 26. A 27. C 28. C 29. B 30. A 31. B 32. C 33. B 34. B 35. C 36. B 37. C 38. C 39. A 40. A 41. B 42. A 43. B 44. C 45. B 46. C 47. D 48. D 49. C 50. D 51. A 52. B 53. A 54. B 55. A 56. A 57. B 5& A 59. C 60. C 61. B 62. A 63. D 64. C 65. A 66. A 67. C 68. C 69. D 70. D 71. sheep 72. sleepy 73. slowly 74. moved 75. huge 76. felt 77. was having. 78. relaxed 79. replied 80. special 81. isn't; going 82. How; far 83. bought; for 84. by; plane/air 85. If/Once; you 86. because; of 87. interested; in 88. looking; to 89. give; up 90. in;danger 91. C 92. E 93. A 94. F 95. D . 96. What's the matter/wrong 97. sorry 98. How long 99. 'kind/nice 100. worry about One possible version A large number of students will come to the Shanghai World Expo this summer. Good manners (礼貌 ) are expected during the visit. First, don't jump the queue. You should be patient to wait in line. It's a bad thing to shout in public places. Besides, while watching shows, it is not allowed to eat anything or keep the cell phones on. Also, the cafeterias may be very busy, so it's better not to stay too long after finishing the meal. And don't forget to take the rubbish away at the same time. What's more，please say "thank you” when you are given gifts by some pavilions. I think people who visit the Shanghai World Expo should be careful with the rules. It can help the Expo go smoothly. 2010年四川省眉山市中考英语试题 (满分120分，考试时间120分钟) A卷(共二卷五部分满分90分) 第I卷(共三部分满分75分) 第一部分听力(共三节，满分20分) 第一节听句子选图(共5小题;每小题1分，满分5分) 下面你将听到5个句子，根据每个句子的内容，从每组图片的A、B、C三个选项中选出相应的图片。听完每个句子后，你将有10秒种的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每个句子读两遍。 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 第二节听对话答题(共10小题;每小题1分,满分10分) 下面你将听到4段对话丨每段对话后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话前你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒种;听完后，每小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话读三遍。 请听第一段对话，完成第6,7小题。 6. What's wrong with the girl? A. She has a headache. B. She has a stomachache. C. She has a toothache. 7. How long has the doctor told the girl to rest at home? A. Two days. B. Three days. C. Four days. 请听第二段对话，完成第8?10小题。 8. What will happen if they have the party today? A. Half the teachers won't come. B. Half the students won't come. C. Half the students will be late. 9. When will the students have the party? A. Today. B. Tomorrow. C. On Saturday afternoon. 10. What will the students do during the party? A. They will play party games. B. They will have a test. C. They will watch a video. 请听第三段对话，完成第11，12小题。 11. Mary used to . A. be tall and heavy B. be short and thin C. have curly hair 12. Bob is Mary now. A. shorter than B. taller than C. as tall as 请听第四段对话,完成第13?15小题。 13. Where are the tigers from? A. India. B. Canada. C. China. 4. What kind of animal can play with balls for visitors? A. Monkeys. B. Pandas. C. Giraffes. 15. How much should the two students pay for their tickets? A. ?10. B. ?5. C. ?15. 第三节任务型听力(共5小题;每小题1分，满分5分) 下面你将听到一段独白，请根据你所听到的内容，用适当的单词完成下面句子，每空一词。 独白读三遍。 16. The old lady went last Sunday. 17. She a car near the door of the bank. 18. The young man ordered the clerks to give him all the . 19. She thought the young man was not to leave his keys in the car. 20. The young man was and he ran away in the end. 第二部分基础知识运用(共两节,满分25分) 第一节单项选择(共15小题;每小题1分,满分15分) 从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 21. —I have made much progress in English. Thank you for your help, Mr. Li. — . A. Congratulations ～ B. It's a pleasure. C. It doesn't matter. D. Certainly. 22. ——How will you go to post office? 一By bike. A. /; the B. a; / C the; a D. the; / 23. Meishan is a city I like best. A. what B. whom C. that D. where 24. —Where would you like to go, Miarlyang or Chengdu? . — . I only want to go to Meishan, A. Neither B. Either C. Both D. All 25. —Excuse me. Can you tell me , ——In the office. A. where can I find the teacher B. where I can find the teacher C. when can I find the teacher D. when I can find the teacher 26. ——Hi, Mike. Did you go to Jack's birthday party? —No，I felt so sad. I . A. didn't invite B. wasn't invited C. am not invited D. haven't invited 27. — clever boy he is! —I think so. A. How B. How a C. What D. What a 28. Zhang Lin half an hour learning English after class every day. A. spends B. takes C. pays D. costs 29. Jim's mother asked him too fast on the way to school. A. not ride B. ride C. to ride D. not to ride 30. —It's so cold today! —Yes，why not your sweater? A. take off B. put on C. put off D. turn on 31. He didn't realize the importance of learning English he failed in the exam. A. until B. because C. when D. after 32. I have been doing my homework for a long time. I feel now. A. happy B. sad C. tired D. proud 33. —Turn off the lights when you leave the classroom, Tom. —OK, I . A. should B. must C. can D. will 34. The environment is terrible，but our government something to protect (保护) it already. A. did B. has done C. will do D. was doing 35. —I will go to the 2010 Shanghai EXPO(世博会)for my holiday after the exam. A. I'll go there, too. B. Shanghai is a good place. C. Have a good trip. D. I'm sorry to hear that. 第二节完形填空(共10小题;每小题1分，满分10分) 通读下面两篇短文，根据短文内容，从每篇短文后各小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中 选择可以填入相应空白处的最佳选项。 A It is necessary and important for us to protect the environment. 36 we walk in the street, we may find the skin of fruit and waste paper here and there. Some 37 spit(吐疲)and smoke in public places. As a student, I think it is our duty to protect the environment. No matter where we go, we can't 38 the paper and skin of fruit in the street. When we see some people 39 in the bus, in the office, or at the cinema，we should say to them，"No smoking here!"When we see paper on the floor, we 40 pick it up and throw it into the rubbish bag. 36. A. Beforc B. When C. Unless D. Why 37. A. students B. teachers C. workers D. people 38. A. pick B. clean、 C. throw D. see 39. A. smoke B. to smoke C. smoked D. smoking 40. A. should B. shouldn't C. must D. mustn't B Would you like to help others and are you looking for something fun? Then join us to be a volunteer ～ We're a non-profit(非赢利的)organization. We have volunteer jobs of all 41 . Anyone, from twelve-year-old kids to adults in their seventies can become a volunteer. You can help others in many ways. Hospitals need volunteers to 42 kids while their parents are seeing a doctor. Animal lovers can help take care of those dogs and cats 43 homes. “As a volunteer, I don't want to get anything. Seeing the kids' happy faces, I'm happy, too. ” said an old man of 65. “I often played computer games in my spare time before. Now I help older people learn 44 to use computers，” said another volunteer at the age of 18. If everyone 45 a little help, the world will become a better place to live in. Interested? Call us:028—36203690 or write to:No. 18，Sansu Road, Meishaan. 41. A. grades B. sexes C. ages D. classes 42. A. look for B. look after C. look at D. look out 43. A. with B. at C. in D. without 44. A. how B. why C. when D. where 45. A. gets B. finds C. calls D. offers 第三部分阅读理解(共15小题;每小题2分，满分30分) 阅读下面A、B、C三篇短文，从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。 A Hello, everyone～ We'll graduate (毕业)from middle school. What kind of present do you think we should send our teacher-Miss Wang? Please write down your ideas on the following bulletin board (布告栏). Mary : I think we should buy Miss Wang some flowers. Flowers look very beautiful. And they will not cost too much. Liu Yang:Hey，Mary! I don't agree with you. Flowers will wither soon. I think we should buy her a good dictionary, because a dictionary is more useful. How about spending 160 yuan? Jack: As an English teacher, Miss Wang has many dictionaries. Since she likes reading, I think we should get her some books. I think 200 yuan is enough. Maria : How about a camera? There is a nice one on sale for only 500 yuan. Rick: She has a good camera and 500 yuan is a lot of money for a gift. I don't think we should spend so much. What about a scarf? 100 yuan should be enough. Li Ping : She has many scarves, Rick ～ Why don't we get her a photo album of , our class? Then she can remember us. We won't spend more than 100 yuaan. Jennifer:I agree with Li Ping's idea. It's creative enough. Victor: Miss Wang loves collecting pictures very much. I'm sure she will be satisfied to get our photos. Sending pictures of us to her is really a good idea. 46. Miss Wang is . A, a math teacher B. an English teacher C. an old woman D. a Chinese teacher 47. What does the word “wither” mean in Chinese? A. 发芽 B. 绽放 C. 结果 D. 枯萎 48. How many kinds of presents are mentioned in this passage? A. Four. B. Five. C. Six. D. Eight. 49. Which of the following probably costs the most? A. A camera. B. A dictionary. C. A photo album. D. A scarf. 50. What do you think the students will probably send Miss Wang? A. Some flowers. B. Some books. C. A camera. D. A photo album of the class. B Chinese chess and Western chess might have the same ancestor, the old Indian game Chaturanga. Chaturanga is believed to be the oldest form of chess, played around the 7th century. Chinese chess may be one of the most popular games in the world because the most people play it. It is estimated (统计)that there are as many as half a billion people who know how to play the game. Chinese chess is very popular in China. You can often see people playing the game on the street using large chess sets. Some players may hit the board hard during their moves to show their power. Since the pieces are large (about 2 inches in diameter)，the effect is often quite dramatic(激动 人心的). They may also say or sing something while they are making their moves. Usually there are a few people watching the game. To prevent (阻止)these people from saying anything during the game，the players often remind them with the words "Watching but not telling，a true gentleman. ” Chinese chess is very easy to play，but the rules are very different from Western chess. However, once you know the rules, you just need practice to get better，much like anything else. The Internet is a good place to start since you can always find somebody to play with there. 51. Chess was first invented in . A. China B. England C. India D. France 52. How many people know how to play Chinese chess according to the passage? A. About half a billion. B. Less than half a billion. C. More than half a billion. D. As many as a billion. 53. What do the players do to prevent other people from saying anything during a chess game? A. They sing something. B. They hit the board hard. C. They use large chess sets. D. They say "Watching but not telling, a true gentleman. ” 54. Which of the following is not mentioned? A. Chinese chess is easier to play than Western chess. B. Chinese chess may be one of the most popular games around the world. C. The rules of Chinese chess are different from those of Western chess. D. The Internet is a good place to play chess with somebody. 55. What is the best title(标题)of the passage? A. How to play Chinese chess B. Chinese chess C. The differences between Chinese chess and Western chess D. The ancestor of Chess C Olive is a seven-year-old girl from New Mexico. She has a big family, but the family members all seem to be strange. She has a big dream: winning the Little Miss Sunshine Contest. Her family members all support her and want to help her to make her dream come true. However, they are too busy with their own strange problems every day. The father, Richard，is a man who gives lessons on winners and losers. The mother Sheryl, is a mother who thinks chicken should always be the best part of a meal for the family. Richard and Sheryl don't get on very well. The uncle, Sheryl's brother Frank，is a successful professor. However, after his girlfriend leaves him, he keeps trying to kill himself. The grandpa, Edwin, likes drugs very much. But Edwin and Olive are close. He wants to help Olive to win the contest more than the other family members. The brother Dwayne, is a strange boy. He says he will not talk until he gets into the Air Force. It's true that the whole family are strange, but they all love Olive and want to help her to make her dream come true. So the whole family begin their trip with the goal of getting Olive to the Little Miss Sunshine Contest. During the trip，they have lots of different problems. However, they begin to learn to trust, encourage and support each other. 56. What is Olive's dream? A. Going to university. B. Getting the help of her family members. C. Winning the Little Miss Sunshine Competition. D. Getting into the Air Force. 57. How many people are there in Olive's family except her uncle? A. 3. B. 4. C. 5. D. 6. 58. Olive's parents . A. have got divorced(离婚) B. don't live with her C. don't like her uncle's girlfriend D. don't get on very well 59. Who wants to help Olive to win the contest most? A. Her father，Richard. B. Her mother, Sheryl. C. Her brother, Dwayne. D. Her grandpa, Edwin. 60. Which of the following is right? A. The family members begin to trust, encourage and support each other. B. Olive's father is a professor. C. Olive's uncle says he will not talk until he gets into the Air Force. D. Olive's mother gives lessons on winners and losers. 第II卷(共二部分满分15分) 第四部分任务型阅读阅读下面文章，根据文章内容回答第61?65题。(共5小题;每小题2 分，满分10分) There is not enough oil in the world now. As time goes by, it becomes less and less, so what are we going to do when it runs out? Perhaps we will go back to use horses，carriages and bicycles. In the Second World War, some people didn't use gas made from Petroleum(石 油)in their cars. They made gas from wood and plants instead. The cars didn't go fast, but they ran, so this was better than nothing. However, in the future, we can't cut down all our trees to make gas; we need our trees for other things, too. Besides different types of gas, we can also use electricity(电)to run our cars, but first we must make the electricity! Some countries have coal and they make electricity with that，but we might not always have coal, either. Other countries have big strong rivers, and they can use the power of water to turn turbines(祸轮机)and make electricity more easily and cheaply. We are also able to get electricity from the ocean tides(潮汝). We put turbines into the mouth of the river. Then the tide comes in; the water turns the turbines and then it goes out; it turns them again. Which of these ways will be used to run our cars in the future? 61. Is there enough oil in the world now? 62. When might people have to go back to use horses and bicycles? 63. What did some people use to make gas in the Second World War? 64. We can't cut down all the trees to make gas in the future. Why? 65. How many ways are suggested to make electricity in the passage? 第五部分补全对话(共5小题;每小题1分，满分5分) 根据对话内容，从方框中所给的七个选项中选出五个句子补全对话，使对话完整、通顺。 并将所选标号填写在对话后面的横线上。 A:Hi, Tony. 66 . B: A lot of people were badly hurt in the Yushu big earthquake. A: Yes，I feel so sorry about that, too. Let's do something to help the people in trouble there. B: 67 . A : What about raising some money for them? B: 68 Money must be a problem for them now. A: 69 . B: We can also collect school things for the students there. A: Right. 70 . B: You are very kind. A. What else can we do? B. I don't think so. C. Can you lend me a hand? D. You look so sad, why? E. What shall we do? F. I'll buy some more with my own money. G. Good idea. B卷(共三部分满分30分) 第六部分短文填空(共10小题;每小题1分，满分10分) 根据短文内容，用方框内所给单词的适当形式填入短文空格内，使短文意思正确、通顺， 每词限用一次(每空一词)。请将单词填写在该题后的横线上。 health help much time run relax away keep become active Do you like running? Running is 71 one of the most popular activities these days. Many of us run for our 72 Doctors say many of the health problems come, from such bad habits as eating too 73 ，drinking too much, smoking，staying up late and not having enough exercise. Doctors tell us，"Eat less, don't smoke，have enough sleep and exercise more. ” Running is good exercise because it 74 build a strong body. It also helps many people lose weight. One 26-year-old woman teacher runs for half an hour in the morning five 75 a week. She runs to lose weight. “I feel comfortable and I'm not fat any more，"she says. Running is good for health in other ways, too. Many 76 say running makes some small health problems go 77 . “Running is my doctor，"says one man. Running can also help people to 78 . “After school, I like to run for ten minutes. Then I feel 79 and energetic，” says Yang Li, a middle school student. So today men and women of all ages enjoy running. Do you want to 80 fit? Come on! Let's join in the running ～ 第七部分完成苟5小题，10个空;每空0. 5分,满分10分) 根据汉语提示，完成句子，一空一词。 81. 瞧～ 一些警察在十字路口处理一起交通事故。 Look ～ Some with a traffic at the crossing. 82. 我们的体育老师对我们总是很严格，同时对我们也很友好。 Our P. E. teacher is always us. He is also us at the same time. 83. 昨天早上我醒得迟，因此没能准时到校。 I late yesterday morning, so I couldn't get to school . 84. 我认为16岁的人还很年轻，他们不准开车。 I think sixteen-year-olds are not . They shouldn't to drive. 85. 城市房价太高了，我连一套住房都买不起。 The houses' in the cities are high I can't one. 第八部分书面表达(满分10分) 下面是李华中考后的打算，请根据以下提示写一篇英语短文。 李华是一名中学生。他正在计划他的暑假。他将好好的休息一下。他打算和父母呆在一起， 因为在学习期间他没有时间和他们在一起。他已经决定读一些书来提高自己。为了交更多 的朋友，他想参加一些社会活动。你认为他的计划很有趣，并希望他有一个愉快的假期。 注意:1. 文章必须包括所有要点，语句通顺，行文连贯; 2. 词数:80左右 3. 参考词汇:提高:improve 社会活动:social activities 2010年四川省眉山市中考英语试题参考答案或听力材料 1. C 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. C 6. B 7. C 8. B 9. C 10. A 11. C 12, A 13. C 14. B 15. A 16. shopping 17. saw 18. money 19. careful 20. surprised 21. B 22. D 23. C 24. A 25. B 26. B 27. D 28. A 29. D 30. B 31. A 32. C 33. D 34. B 35. C 36. B 37. D 38. C 39. D 40. A 41. C 42. B 43. D 44. A 45. D 46. B 47. D 48. C 49. A 50. D 51. C 52. A 53. D 54. A 55. B 56. C 57. C 58. D 59. D 60. A 61. No, there isn't. 62. When oil runs out. /When they run out of oil. 63. Wood and plants. /They used wood and plants (to make gas). 64. Because we need our trees/them for other things, too. 65. 3. 66. D 67. E 68. G 69. A 70. F 71. becoming 72. health 73. much 74. helps 75. times 76. runners 77. away 78. relax 79. active 80. keep 81. policemen/police are dealing/doing ; accident 82. strict with; friendly to 83. woke up; on time 84. old enough; be allowed 85. prices; so; that; afford/buy One possible version Li Hua is a middle school student. He is planning his summer holiday. He will have a good rest. He is planning to stay with his parents/spend his holiday with his parents, because he has little time to stay/be with them during his studies. He has decided/made up his mind to do some reading/read some books in order to/to improve himself. And he wants to take part in/join in some social activities to make more friends. I think his plan is very interesting. I hope he will have a good holiday/have a good/great time/fun durin the holiday. 2010年四川省泸州市中考英语试题 (满分150分，考试时间120分钟) A卷(满分100分) 一、基础知识运用(共两节，满分38分) 第一节单项选择(共20小题;每小题1分，满分20分) 从A、B、C 个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的正确答案。 1. This is my sister. is a doctor. A. He B. It C. She 2. —I am thirsty. -―Would you like water? A. many B. some C. few 3. Of the three boys, John studies English . A. best B. better C. well 4. Lucy likes bananas. Lily likes, . . A. too B. also C. either 5. Watching TV too much is bad your eyes. A. at B. for C. of 6. The whole class to the East Lake if it is fine this Sunday. A. go B. went C. will go 7. We should quiet in the reading room. A. keep B. make C. become 8. Thanks for me with my science. A. helping B. to help C. help 9. English is not easy， I like it very much. A. or B. and C. but 10. 一 is the weather today? -—Sunny. A. What B. How C. Why 11. There many big shops on both sides of the street. A. is B. have C. are 12. — speaking? —Yes，this is Tom speaking. A. Is that Tom B. Who is C. Are you Tom 13. I will move quiet. It's very noisy here. A. somewhere B. anywhere C. nowhere 14. The jeans arc too long. Please give me , A. a longer pair B. a short one C. a shorter pair 15. How much did you for the cool dress? A. pay B. cost C. spend 16. —What was yesterday? 一June 12th, 2010. A. the day B. the date C. the time 17. She's young to dress herself. She's only one year old. A. so B. very C. too 18. —My grandma is ill. — . . A. Sorry to hear that. B. You are right. C. All right. 19. How nice the dinner ～ A. smells B. sounds C. feels 20. Miss Liu isn't here now. She to the station to meet Mrs Black. A. has been B. has gone C. goes 第二节完形填空(共12小题;每小题1. 5分,满分18分) 通读下面的短文，然后从后面各题所给A、B、C三个选项中选择可以填入空白处的最佳 答案。 Dear 'Lucy, Thank you for your letter and your invitation. I really hope I can go camping 21 you. But I have to say 22 to you. I'm too busy next week. On Monday, I'd like 23 the doctor. There is something wrong with my 24 . I can't see people or things a little 25 from me clearly. Maybe I should 26 a pair of glasses. Besides going to the doctor, I have some 27 things to do. On Tuesday, our P. E. teacher will give us a football training. You know，I play in the 28 team of our school. And we'll have an English test on Friday morning, 29 I have to stay in my classroom and study hard on Wednesday and Thursday. On Friday afternoon, I'm going to a 30 . My favorite star Zhou Jielun will come. I 31 his songs very much. Have a good time! And please call me 32 you come back from the camping～ Yours, Lily 21. A. with B. for C. about 22. A. hello B. sorry C. goodbye 23. A. to see B. see C. seeing 24. A. eyes B. legs C. hands 25. A. long B. far C. near 26. A. make B. take C. wear 27. A. another B. other C. others 28. A. football B. basketball C. baseball 29. A. if B. so C. because 30. A. meeting B. film C. concert 31. A. want B. like C. know 32. A. before B. since C. after 二、阅读理解(共19小题;每小题2分，满分38分) 阅读下面材料，从每题所给A、B、c三个选项中选出最佳答案。 A Vince lives and works in Sydney, Australia. He has a son and a daughter. His son's name is Jake. Grace is his daughter. Jake is a policeman. He likes his job very much. He thinks it's very interesting. Grace is a good worker. She works very hard. Vince works in a factory, too. He and his daughter both make ships. His house is far away from the factory. He usually goes to work by train. Today，the train is late. So he has to drive to work. He works from Monday to Friday. On Saturdays and Sundays he doesn't go to work. Sometimes he goes fishing. Sometimes he visits his friends. He always helps others. He is a very kind man. He is very popular. 33. How many children does Vince have? A. One. B. Two. C. Three. 34. What does Vince do? A. A worker. B. A teacher. C. A driver. 35. How does he usually go to work? A. By car. B. By train. C. By bike. 36. How many days does Vince work every week? A. Seven. B. Six. C. Five. 37. Vince is . A. well-known B. interesting C. rude B One day when Mr King was walking in a big street, he met a giraffe. It was very beautiful and lovely. It came to follow Mr King. Mr King was very interested in it. At first it was very fun, and Mr King was quite happy. But after a while many people looked at it. Mr King became uneasy. "Go away. Don't follow me. ” He said to the giraffe. But it still followed him here and there. At last Mr King had to go to a police station "Excuse me, officer，” he smiled. “I need some advice. Look at the giraffe. It keeps walking after me and I don't know how to get away from it. ” "Well, it's early. You can take it to the zoo, sir,"said the policeman. The next day, the policeman met Mr King again. He found that giraffe still following him. He was very surprised. "So why? You didn't go to the zoo yesterday, did you?""Yes，I did，” Mr King answered. "We really had a good time there. But I can't go to the zoo every day. We are going to the cinema today. " 38. Where was Mr King one day? A. In the street. B. In the zoo. C. At home. 39. Mr king met a . A. man B. giraffe C. monkey 40. The animal looked . A. beautiful B. thin C. strong 41. Who did Mr King ask for help? A. A teacher. B. A friend. C. A policeman. 42. Where were Mr King and the animal going the next day? A. The police statioa B. The cinema. C. The zoo. C Mr White is the headmaster of a language school in Canada and he is welcoming his new foreign students. “Hello, everyone. My name is San White. Welcome to our school. I hope you will enjoy your time with us. Every morning from eight thirty to eleven thirty, you will be in the classroom learning English. Lunch will be in the school at twelve o'clock. There is a lot of delicious food，and there is fast food, too. In the afternoon and evening you are free to do what you want to and you'll be able to speak English. There will also be lots of time for speaking. If you need to see a doctor, the school will take you to hospital. Next，some news about your exam. You'll take it in three weeks. You may take a dictionary into the exam. Don't be too worried about this. The exam is not very difficult. Your results will be sent to you at your home address about the following four weeks later. That's all. Thank you. Have ?nice stay in Canada. ” 43. How many hours will the students learn English in the morning? A. Two. B. Three. C. Four. 44. What time do they begin to have lunch every day? A. 12:00 B. 11:30 C. 11:00 45. The students are free . A. in the evening and at night B. in the afternoon and evening C. in the morning and afternoon 46. If someone is ill, he will be taken to . A. his family B. his room C. hospital 47. How soon will the students get the results after the exam? A. About three weeks later. B. About four weeks later. C. About five weeks later. D The weather was fine last night. My friend named Steve and I decided to sleep in the open air. I found the sleeping bags under the bed in my room. I also packed some snacks. We couldn't wait for it to get dark. We opened our sleeping bags and put them on the grass in front of my house. Steve and I played some games，talked about something interesting and had a snack. In the end it got dark. We were just falling asleep when we heard something unusual. "Maybe it is just a small animal，” I said. Steve said nothing, but I could feel he was afraid. I looked around and was sure it wasn't an animal. It was my little brother, Tommy. "What are you doing here?"I asked. "You know，you made us afraid. ” "Sorry, Bill," he said “It was hot in the room. I want to sleep outside with you. ” "Well, OK," I said. “Just come and lie down next to us. ” "Good night, Bill and Steve，” said Tommy. “And thanks. " 48. Why did Bill and Steve decide to sleep outside? A. It was windy. B. It was fine. C. It was warm. 49. Before it got dark, the two boys . A. played some games B. danced C. sang some songs 50. How did Steve feel when he heard something unusual? A. Glad. B. Excited. C. Afraid. 51. Who came when they were just falling asleep? A. An animal. B. The boys' friend. C. Bill's brother. 三、单词拼写(共6小题;每小题1分，满分6分) 根据下列句子中所给汉语意思，写出空缺处各单词的正确形式。(每空限填一个词) 52. There are sixty (分钟)in an hour. 53. It was my cousin's (第九)birthday yesterday. 54. Skating is the best sport in (冬季). 55. We should be (礼貌)in our life and work. 56. I (步行)to school every day. 57. An (苹果)a day makes you healthy. 四、完成对话(共12小题;每小题1. 5分，满分18分) 根据对话内容和所给的首字母，在每个空缺处填入一个适当的词，使整段对话意思完整。 并将包括已给字母在内的答案完整地写在题后对应题号的横线上。(每空限填一词) A: Hello，are you Lin Ming? B: Yes, I am Lin Ming. A: You look the same a 58 your twin brother, Lin Dong. B: As you can see, in some w 59 ，we look the same，but we also h 60 some differences. A: What're they? B: Though we b 61 have yellow hair, my hair is shorter than h 62 . I'm good at playing football and he does w 63 in drawing. A: And? B: I'm m 64 outgoing and he's quieter. He likes to stay a 65 home. However, we both enjoy listening to music and we can also s 66 many songs. A: Who is taller, you o 67 Lin Dong? B:I?m m 68 stronger than him because I do more e 69 than him. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. . 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. . B卷(满分50分) 五、完形填空(共10小题;每小题1. 5分，满分15分) 通读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后面的括号内选出可以填入短文空格处的词，并 将所选词的相应字母代号填入答题栏中对应题号后的横线上。 Joe is fifteen years old now. He 70 in a middle school. His parents like him very much and 71 he can become a famous man. They often tell him to study hard and they do all for him. They wake him 72 at six in the morning. After breakfast his father takes him to school in a car. And in the afternoon, as soon as he comes back，the supper is ready. Of course, he never washes his clothes or goes to buy 73 in the shops. Once Joe's father went to London 74 business. He would stay there for half a year. Before leaving, he told his wife to 75 good care of their son. The woman had to get up 76 and did all that her husband did before. And two months later she was so 77 that she was ill in bed. Now the boy got into 78 . He couldn't do any housework. He had to do as his mother told 79 He even didn't know where he should get on the bus. (A. up B. on C. studies D. take E. earlier F. hope G. trouble H. him I. tired J. anything) 六、阅读理解(共10小题;每小题2分，满分20分) 阅读A、B、C三段材料，并做每篇后面的题目。从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳 答案。 A Last Saturday Li Lei did his homework almost the whole day. He wanted to relax himself. He walked along the street slowly. Suddenly he was stopped by a foreigner,"Excuse me, can you speak English?"“Yes, but I„” Li Lei was very nervous, and his face turned red. He is a junior middle school student and now in Grade Two, but he didn't spend much time on English in the past and is not good at it. "I don't know Chinese，” the foreigner said. "Would you please tell me something about the town?”"Yes，but I„” Li Lei understood what he meant, but didn't know how to answer it. His heart beat fast. "I was born here，” he said. "This is my hometown. I like my town very much. I. . . My. . . My hometown is beautiful. . . ” He wanted to say more but he couldn't. He looked up and found the foreigner listening to him carefully. Li Lei had to say, "I'm sorry, I can't tell you more. ” The foreigner smiled to him kindly and said，"OK. Thank you all the same. ” On the way home, Li Lei thought to himself，"If I studied English harder, I could speak more English. If I could speak more English，I would tell the foreigner more about my hometown. ” How sorry he felt! Li Lei went home with heavy steps. As soon as he reached home, he took out his English book and began to read. He decided to study English harder than before. He decided to practice speaking English every day. 80. What did Li Lei do last Saturday? A. Visiting a foreigner. B. Seeing a friend. C. Going shopping. D. Doing his homework. 81. Why did the foreigner ask Li Lei to tell him something about the town? A. He wanted to know something about the town. B. He believed Li Lei. C. He wanted to improve Li Lei's English. D. He could improve his own Chinese. 82. What do you think of ULei? A. He was shy. B. His English was poor. C. He didn't know English. D. He was afraid of the foreigner. B The Internet can be a great place for us students to learn, play, chat with our friends, simply relax and so on. But just like the real world, the Internet can be dangerous for us. Here are some suggestions to teach us about using the Internet more safely. *Suggest that we share our Internet experiences with our parents. Enjoy the Internet along with them. *Tell our parents if we feel nervous about anything online, or leave the Internet. *Be sure that we never let out our address, phone number, or other information, including where we study or where we like to play. *Remember that we should never meet net friends alone. It is clear that the net friends may not be who they say they are. *Know which activities online are good for us. If we don't know what activities are good or bad for us，please ask our own parents for help. 83. What does the writer try to teach us? A. How to play well on the Internet. B. How to use the Internet safely. C. How to find news from the Internet. D. How to leave the Internet. 84. When you have trouble online, you should . A. never tell others B. ask for help or leave it C. share it with your friends D. not get online any more 85. The writer tells us to . A. keep our information as a secret on the Internet B. make as many net friends as possible C. refuse online activities D. believe every one on the net C Once a tiger was in a cage. Soon a good man went by. When the tiger saw the man, the tiger began to cry. “Please let me out. ”“No，” said the good man. "If I do, you will eat me. ”“I will not eat you," the tiger said. "Please let me out. ” The good man believed the tiger. He opened the door of the cage. The tiger jumped out. “How silly you are!” the tiger laughed. "Now I am going to eat you. ”“Wait!” the man cried. "You ought not to eat me. Let us ask others what they think. ”"You may ask two others. ” The tiger said. The good man asked a bird. The bird said angrily, “I hurt no one. Yet people tried to hunt and kill me. Let the tiger eat you. ” The second one that the good man asked was a dog. "What is happening?” asked the dog. The man told the dog the whole story. “I don't understand, “ said the dog. “The tiger wants to eat you because you put him in a cage?" "No, no," said the man. "Some other men put him in a cage. ” “Silly dog!” the tiger cried. "Don't you understand? I was in the cage. This man let me out. ” "Oh，I see,"the dog said. “When the man was in the cage, you let him out. ” “I was in the cage!” the tiger cried. “In this way!” with that, he jumped back into the cage. At once, the dog closed the door of the cage. The good man and the dog went off. The tiger looked sad in the cage. 86. Why did the man let the tiger out? ～ A. The tiger was a special one. B. He believed what the tiger said. ' C. The tiger was crying like a man. D. He loved the tiger. 87. Why did the bird let the tiger eat the man? A. They both hated the man. B. The man once hurt the bird. C. The bird and the tiger were friends. D. The bird hated people. 88. What happened to the tiger? A. He was killed by the dog. B. He was caught in the cage again. C. He became the dog's friend. D. He ran away. 89. Who failed in the end? K The man. B. The bird. C. The dog. D. The tiger. 七、书面表达(共1小题，满分15分) 假如你叫何刚，是一位集邮爱好者，请根据下面的信息用英语写一篇短文，介绍自己的情 况。 1. 今年14岁，喜欢交友和集邮; 2. 已集邮5年，共集了500多张; 3. 这些邮票保存在一本旧书中; 4. 邮票种类各异:有关奥运会的，著名科学家的，动物的等。 提示词语:make friends with; collect stamps; keep all the stamps; many kinds; five hundred stamps ; some are about ; Olympic Games ; famous scientist 要求所提供的提示词语全部用上，顺序可以打乱; 2. 词数:60词左右; 3. 行文规范，语法正确、上下文连贯自然，可适当发挥。 注意:不得用自己或他人的真实姓名。 2010年四川省泸州市中考英语试题参考答案或听力材料 I. C 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. C 7. A 8. A 9. C 10. B II. C 12. A 13. A 14. C 15. A 16. B 17. C 18. A 19. A 20. B 21. A 22. B 23. A 24. A 25. B 26. C 27. B 28. A 29. B 30. C 31. B 32. C 33. B 34. A 35. B 36. C 37. A 38. A 39. B 40. A 41. C 42. B 43. B 44. A 45. B 46. C 47. B 48. B 49. A 50. C 51. C 52. minutes 53. ninth 54. winter 55. polite 56. walk 57. apple 58. as 59. ways 60. have 61. both 62. his 63. well 64. more 65. at 66. sing 67. or 68. much 69. exercise 70. C 71. F 72. A 73. J 74. B 75. D 76. E 77. 1 78. G 79. H 80. D 81. A 82. B 83. B 84. B 85. A 86. B 87. D 88. B 89. D One possible version My name is He Gang. I'd like to make friends with others. I have collected stamps for five years. Now I have had more than five hundred stamps. I keep all the stamps in an old book. There are many kinds. Some are about Olympic Games, some are about famous scientists and some are about animals. 2010年四川省广元市中考英语试题 (满分120分，考试时间120分钟) 第I卷(选择题共98分) 第一部分基础知识运用(共两节，满分40分) 第一节单项选择(共20小题;每小题1分，满分20分) 从下列各题的A、B、C三个选项中，选出能填入题中空白处的最佳选项。 1. —Is this your dictionary? —No， is in my bag. A. mine B. me C. my 2. —Hello, may I speak to Mr Green? —I'm sorry. I think you have the wrong . A. card B. number C. address 3. —What do you usually do after supper, Sally? —Play piano. A. a B. / C. the 4. —Cindy, could you help me? —Wait a moment. I . A. am cooking the dinner B. was doing my homework C. do some reading 5. —How can I improve my spoken English, Mr Zhang? —You should try to talk English in class. A. with B. in C. about 6. 一 , —Pretty good! A. How's it going B. Where is it going C. Where is it 7. —Mum, I'm a little tired. —Why not stop , A. have a rest B. to have a rest C. having a rest 8. —I'm worried about Kitty. She hasn't come back yet. —Don't be afraid, dear. There will be happening to her. A. something B. anything C. nothing 9. 一 swim in the river alone. It's dangerous. A. Let'sB. Don't C. Not 10. 一Where's Jim, dear? —He to the supermarket to buy some food for dinner. A. has gone B. has been C. was going 11. —Sam, let's go camping after the exam. — . A. That's right B. That sounds good C. No, I can't go 12. —Can you come to see the movie with us this evening? —I'd like to，but I do my homework first. A. must B. have to C. mustn't 13. I can't see the blackboard clearly. Could you help the lights? A. turn off B. turn up C. turn on 14. —How do you like the curry beef? —Oh, it tastes . A. good B. well C. badly 15. He is really. lucky. kind people have sent money to help him. A. Hundred B. Hundreds C. Hundreds of 16. We both have black eyes and black hair, although my hair is than hers. A. short B. shortest C. shorter 17 . ，we brought our umbrellas and raincoats. So we didn't get wet. A. Luckily B. Unluckily C. Lucky 18. If it this weekend, we'll have a football match. A. doesn't rain B. won't rain C. isn't rain 19. I want to be young and beautiful. And I don't mind young people think of me. A. how B. what C. that 20. 一Should friends be the same，Dale? 一No. In fact, I like to have friends are different from me, Mr Zhao. A. what B. which C. who 第二节完形填空(共20小题;每小题1分，满分20分) 先通读下面短文，读懂大意后，再从后面各题所给A、B、c三个选项中选出可以填入文中 相应空白处的最佳选项。 A Dear Jack, I had a very unusual experience on Sunday. I can 21 believe it! Do you want to 22 what it was? 23 around ten o'clock in the morning, I was walking down the street 24 a UFO landed right in front of me. You can imagine 25 strange it was! 26 alien got out and walked down Center Street. I followed it to see 27 it was going，and I was very 28 when it went into a souvenir shop. While it was 29 the souvenirs，the assistant called the police. Before the police 30 ，the alien left the shop and then visited the Museum of Flight. While the alien was in the museum, I called the TV statioa Isn't that amazing ～ Ted 21. A. hard B. never C. hardly 22. A. know B. listen C. see 23. A. In B. On C. At 24. A. before B. when C. after 25. A. what B. why C. how 26. A. The B. An C. A 27. A. where B. how C. why 28. A. surprised B. surprise C. surprising 29. A. looking for B. looking at C. looking over 30. A. got B. reached C. arrived B Hi, boys and girls! Do you know how to be a healthy kid? Here are some 31 you should follow. First, eat different foods，especially fruit and vegetables. You may have a favorite, 32 you must eat something different. If you eat different foods, you will probably 33 more nutrients(营养)your body needs. Second, drink water and milk as often as possible. When you're really 34 ， cold water is the best. Third,"listen” to your body. How do you feel when you are full? When you are eating， feel how your body feels. When you are full, eating too 35 will not make you feel comfortable and will make you 36 . Fourth, limit(限制)screen time. Screen time is the time you watch TV, DVDs and videos, or using computers. 37 is good to take more exercise such as playing basketball, 38 and so on. You can't watch TV for 39 than two hours a day. Fifth, be active. One thing you should do is to know which activity you like best. Find ways to be active 40 Follow these rules and you can be a healthy- kid. 31. A. foods B. advice C. rules 32. A. but B. and C. or 33. A. drink B. eat C. get 34. A. full B. thirsty C. hungry 35. A. little B. much C. many 36. A. thin B. fat C. smart 37. A. It B. That C. This 38. A. swim B. swimming C. to swim 39. A. more B. over C. less 40. A. everyday B. every year C. every day 第二部分阅读理解(共25小题;每小题2分，满分50分) 阅读下面短文，从每题所给A、B、C三个选项中选出正确答案。 A Monday to Saturday Football TOURNAMENT(联赛) BIG HITS CINEMA Final : Saturday Movies every night at 7 Actor of the week: 3 pm Jack Dean Will the local team make it Harry Potter children's show all the way to the end? Saturday at 2 pm Find out more by calling ——330333—— ——3226060—— Mother's DAY BIG SALE Give Your TV a Break! TV-Turnoff Week June 22—28 From10 am to 3 pm EVERYTHING 50% OFF(降价) Join 10 thousand families to do these things together this week: Make your dreams Fall in love with come true. Save time things you can . take a walk and money. afford. . listen to music Visit us at Hongqi Supermarket. . talk about dreams If you want to take part in, call 3203232 or mail to TV Break? 163. com. 41. If you want to know some movie information, you can call . A. 3226060 B. 330333 C. 3203232 42. When is the final of the football tournament? A. Friday. B. Saturday. C. Sunday. 43. A dress is ?300 at Hongqi Supermarket. If your mother buys it at 12 o'clock on Mother's Day, she should pay . A. ?150 B. ?300 C. ?50 44. In the TV-Turnoff Week, people can . A. talk about dreams B. take a walk C. A and B 45. Which of the following is TRUE? A. The big sale on Mother's Day is in the afternooa B. You can send emails if you want to join the 10 thousand families. C. You can see movies in the morning. B A rich man once walked along the road and saw an old man digging in his field (地). On the ground lay a young tree, ready to be planted. The rich man asked the old man,"What kind of trees are you planting there, my good man?" “This is a ginkgo(银杏)，sir，” he said. "A ginkgo tree? Why? May I ask you how old you are?” “I am 70. " “What?” cried the rich man,"You're 70. You are planting a very young tree now and it'll take years to give fruit. You certainly can't live long enough to get any fruit from this tree. ” The old man looked up and then he said with a smile. “Tell me, sir. Did you eat ginkgo fruit when you were a boy?” "Sure，” the rich man answered. "Who planted the ginkgo?"The old man asked. “I don't know. ” "The people before us planted trees for us to enjoy the fruit and I am doing the same for the people after me. " The rich man was quiet for a moment and said, "You are right, my good man. You are doing the right thing. Thank you very much. ” 46. What was the old man doing when the rich man saw him? A. Laying a tree. B. Digging to plant a tree. C. Walking along the road. 47. How did the rich man feel when he knew the man was planting a ginkgo tree? A. Happy. B. Angry. C. Surprised. 48. Why did the old man plant a ginkgo? A. He wanted to eat ginkgo fruit. B. He wanted to do something for the people after him. C. He wanted to thank the people before him. 49. Which of the following is TRUE? A. The rich man hadn't eaten any ginkgo fruit when he saw the old man. B. The old man liked ginkgo very much. C. The rich man learned something from the old man. 50. What is the best title(标题)for the story? A. Do some things for the people after us B. A ginkgo tree C. Plant a ginkgo C Why do students go to school? What do they do at school? Students learn their lessons in class. They sit in the classroom listening to the teacher. This is a way of learning. Is this the only way for students to learn? Of course not. There is another way to learn. That is, students can teach themselves. For example, if you cannot remember something when you are doing your homework, what will you do? You can look at your book to get the answer. How to teach yourself? The first thing you must do is reading. Read something you are interested ia The second is that you must ask yourself questions. A clever student is usually good at asking questions. The third is to answer the questions yourself by thinking hard, by reading books，and sometimes by asking other people. These are the ways of teaching yourself. If you keep doing like these for a long time, you are sure to have great success in your study. 51. Why do students go to school? A. They go to teach themselves. B. They go to learn their lessons. C. They go to do their homework. 52. What can students do if they can't remember something when doing their homework? A. Give it up. B. Ask the teacher. C. Read books to find the answer. 53. What should you do first when you teach yourself? A. Read books. B. Ask questions. C. Answer questions. 54. According to the article, can we ask others for help when teaching ourselves? A. Yes，we can. B. No，we can't. C. We don't know. 55. What may be the best title(标题)for the article? A. How to teach yourself B. Teach yourself—an important way of learning C. The way of learning D "Depend on yourself"is what nature says to every man. Both parents and teachers can help you. Friends still can help you. But all these people only help you to help yourself. There have been many great men in history. When they were young, many of them were very poor, and had no unclcs，aunts, or friends to help them; some of them even lost parents and had to support themselves. At that time, schools were few and not very good. They could not depend on them for education. They tried their best to learn something and never gave up till they became well-known. A famous teacher in England used to tell his pupils,“I cannot make worthy(有价值的) men of you, but I can help you make men of yourselves. " But these days some young men don't try their best to make themselves valuable (有价值 的)to the human beings. Some even play computer games to kill time all day. If they see their weak points and change their ways, they can be successful. They are nothing now, and will be nothing as long as they live unless they take the advice of their parents and teachers, and depend on themselves. 56. Why did some great men succeed though they were poor in their childhood? A. Because they did their best and never gave up. B. Because they got good education. C. Because they got lots of help. 57. According to the famous English teacher, what can a teacher do? A. He can make his pupils full of courage(勇气)and strength(力量). B. He can help his pupils with everything. C. He can make his pupils worthy men. 58. What will happen if young people depend on their efforts(努力), A. They will be famous all over the world. B. They will succeed in their lives. C. They will never need any help. 59. Which of the following is NOT true? A. The writer thinks playing computer games is a waste of time. B. The writer thinks highly of the people depending on themselves. C. The writer is a famous teacher. 60. What's the best title(标题)for the passage? A. Listen to the nature B. Self-confidence C. Man should depend on himself E Once a little boy named Tom always felt lonely and unhappy. One day he decided to meet love. He started off with some food and drinks in the early morning. When he passed through a small park, he saw an old woman watching some flowers. She looked a little hungry. He gave her a sandwich. She gave him a smile and ate it. The smile was very beautiful. He wanted to see it again. So he gave her another sandwich. She smiled at him once again. Tom was very happy and sat down beside her. They sat there for a long time, eating and smiling, but said nothing. When it grew dark， Tom decided to go home. After he had gone a few steps, he turned around, ran back and gave the old woman a hug(拥抱). And she gave him the biggest smile ever. When Tom came back home，his mother was amazed at the joy(快乐)on his face. "Tom, why are you so happy?" asked the mother. "I had lunch with love, and she has the most beautiful smile in the world. ” Also the old woman's daughter was amazed at her mother's pleasure. “Mum, what has made you so happy?"asked the daughter. "I ate some sandwiches with love， and he is much younger than I expected,"the old woman answered. 61. What was the old woman doing when Tom met her? A. She was watching some flowers. B. She was waiting for Tom. C. She was looking for food. 62. Why did Tom gave her another sandwich? A. Because he wanted to see the smile again. B. Because she wanted to eat some again. C. Because she was still hungry. 63. When did Tom get the biggest smile? A. After he gave her another sandwich. B. After he hugged the old woman. C. Before he began to leave. 64. How were Tom's mother and the old woman's daughter? A. The mother was careful but the daughter was careless. B. The daughter was careful but the mother was careless. C. Both of them were very careful. 65. What can we learn from the passage? A. Tom didn't find love. B. Tom found love. C. Both Tom and the old woman found love. 第三部分口语运用(共8小题;每小题1分，满分8分) 从对话后的方框中选择适当的选项补全对话。 A A:Hi，can I help you? B: Yes, please. I want to join a club. A: OK. 66 Li Hua. B: A: 67 A : What club do you want to join? B: A music club. A: 68 B: I have learned it for 5 years and I love it very much. A: 69 B: Yes? I do. It's lihua@163. com. A:Great. Thanks a lot. B: Thank you. A. How long have you learned it? B. What's your name, please? C. How old are you? D. Do you have an email address? B A: Hello. How are you? B: 70 A:What's the matter? 71 B:No，I don't have a cold, but I have a really bad headache. A:I see. How about your throat? Does it feel sore? B; 72 But my back and neck are sore. A:Do you have a stomachache? B:No，my stomach's okay. 73 A:Well，I think you're stressed out. You should go home and relax. A. I feel terrible, doctor! B. But I don't feel hungry. C. Do you have a cold? D. No，it doesn't. 第II卷(非选择题共22分) 第四部分写(共三节,满分22分) 第一节单词拼写(满分5分) 根据上下文及汉语提示，填写出句中所缺单词。 74. —How's the weather in China? —It's cold and (多风的). 75. Thank you for your last letter. Here are some (照片)of me and my twin sister Liu Ying. 76. At the beginning she spoke too (快)，and I couldn't understand every word. 77. I know you are arriving next Sunday. Now let me (告诉)you the way to my house. 78. —I'm doing a survey about (傲)sports. Can I ask you some questions? —Sure. 第二节短文填空(满分5分) 根据短文内容和首字母提示，把文中所缺单词填写在短文后的横线上。 Tiger Woods is a famous professional golfer. He was born in the United States in 1975. When he was only ten months old, he began to learn h 79 to play golf from his father. In 1978， when Tiger was three years old，he was on his first TV show. He played golf with some famous people and he surprised everyone. Between the ages of 8 and 16，Tiger Woods learned a 1. 80 about golf. He won his first championship in these years. In 1994，Tiger became a s 81 of Stanford University. He won 10 golf championships while he was studying at the university. In 1996，Tiger became a professional golfer and made more m 82 He was very rich and famous though he was very young. Now he has m 83 fans and is a model for many young people. 79 . 80. 81. 82. 83. . 第三节书面表达(满分12分) 自广元成为国家级旅游城市以来，每年前来广元的外国游客越来越多。为了方便外国游客， 打造广元旅游品牌，某主管部门拟制作英文“广元旅游指南”。现请你按以下要点提示写 一份广元简介。 1. 位于川北，历史悠久; 2. 名胜古迹众多，交通便利; 3. 人民友好，特产丰富; 4. 国家级旅游城市，旅游休闲胜地。 参考词汇: 交通便利:have transport facilities 特产:special local product 国家级state-level : 注意:?可适当发挥以使行文连贯; ?词数:70左右。 2010年四川省广元市中考英语试题参考答案或听力材料 1. A 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. B 6. A 7. B 8. C 9. B 10. A 11. B 12. B 13. C 14. A 15. C 16. C 17. A 18. A 19. B 20. C 21. C 22. A 23. C 24. B 25. C 26. B 27. A 28. A 29. B 30. C 31. C 32. A 33. C 34. B 35. B 36. B 37. A 38. B 39. A 40. C 41. B 42. B 43. A 44. C 45. B 46. B 47. C 48. B 49. C 50. A 51. B 52. C 53. A 54. A 55. B 56. A 57. A 58. B 59. C 60. C 61. A 62. A 63. B 64. C 65. C 66. B 67. C 68. A 69. D 70. A 71. C 72. D 73. B 74. windy 75. photos/pictures 76. quickly/fast 77. tell 78. doing/playing 79. how 80. lot 81. student 82. money 83. many One possible version Guangyuan is in the north of Sichuan province. It's very new and beautiful, but it has a very long history. There are many places of interest, and all of them have transport facilities. There are also lots of special local products. The people are very friendly. Guangyuan is now a state-level tourist city, and it's a great place to travel and have fun. Welcome to Guangyuan. We believe you'll have a great time here! 2010年四川省广安市中考英语试题 (满分150分，考试时间120分钟) 第I卷(共三部分满分100分) 第一部分听力(共两节;满分25分) 第一节(共10小题，每小题1分,满分10分) 听下面10段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题后所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳 答案。听完每段对话后，你有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每个对话 读两遍。. 1. What are the children doing? 2. What sport does the girl like? 3. Which picture did the boy draw just now? 4. Who can't find her mother? 5. How does her father go to work every day? 6. Where will the woman go? A. The Summer Palace. B. The Great Wall. C. The bus stop. 7. What time does the girl get to school every day? A. At 6:00. B. At 6:20. C. At 6:50. 8. How much will the woman pay for the shirt? A. 17 yuan. B. 40 yuan. C. 70 yuan. 9. What does the woman want to know? A. What the weather will be like tomorrow. B. Whether they will go mountain-climbing. C. Where the Huaying Mountain is. 10. What's Rose going to do? A. Help John. B. Take her grandma to the hospital. C. See a doctor. 第二节(共10小题;每小题1. 5分,满分15分) 听下面三段对话和一个独白，每个对话或独白后有几个小题，从题后所给的A、B、C三 个选项中选出最佳答案。听完每段对话或独白后，你有15秒钟的时间来回答有关问题。 每段对话或独白读三遍。 听11段材料，回答11?12题。 11. What do you think the woman is? A. A teacher. B. A student. C. A headmaster. 12. What does the woman want to do? A. To make progress. B. To go to school. C. To take her vacation. 听12段材料，回答13?14题。 13. What is the man? A. A taxi driver. B. A doctor. C. A teacher. 14. How long does it take them to get to the hospital? A. Ten minutes. B. Half an hour. C. Two hours. 听13段材料，回答15?16题。 15. What color is the bag? A. Yellow. B. Black. C. Blue. 16. Was the bag found? A. Yes, it was. B. No, it wasn't. C. I don't know. 听14段材料，回答17?20题. 17. Where can we find water? A. We can find water only in rivers and seas. B. We can find water only in the air. C. We can find water almost everywhere. 18. Is water needed everywhere? A. Yes, it is. B. No, it isn't. C. We don't know. 19. What are clouds made of? A. Seas，rivers and lakes. B. Snow and ice. C. Very small drops of water. 20. What is the best title of the passage? A. Water in river. B. Man needs water. C. The importance of water. 第二部分基础知识运用(共两节;满分35分) 第一节单项填空(共20小题;每小题1分，满分20分) 从A、B、C三个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 21. — When were you born? —I was born November 6th, 1996. A. in B. on C. at 22. —Do you know Meimei? -—Yes, she is from a university and she is honest girl. A. a B. an C. / 23. -Study hard，—you won't pass the exam. I see, Mum. A. or B. and C. but 24. —Jenny, is this—bike? —Oh, no, it's not . A. your, mine B. you, my C. yours, my 25. Excuse me，can you tell me the way to the zoo? —Sorry, I'm new here. Please ask that policeman. He know. A. can B. need C. may 26. 一How far is your home from school? —It s about two walk. A. hour's B. hours C. hours' 27. 一How tall he is! —Yes, he is than any other student in his class. A. tall B. taller C. tallest 28. —You've done a nice job! —Thanks. I always do everything . A. care B. careful C. carefully 29. —I?m going to have a summer holiday in Dalian. A. Have a good time. B. No, it's bad. C. That's all right. 30. —Which is the second day of a week? — ，of course. A. Monday B. Tuesday C. Wednesday 31. 一-Your English is pretty good! How about some advice to me? -—With pleasure. A. give B. gives C. giving 32. - -Please remember the lights when you leave the room. 一OK, I will. A. turn off B. to turn off C. turning off 33. — do you water the plants, Miss Yang? —Twice a day. A. How much B. How soon C. How often 34. —Do you have this kind of MP5? —Sorry, we yesterday. You can come next week. A. tried them on B. took them off C. sold them out 35. — There is with my leg. —Don't worry. Let me help you. A. nothing wrong B. something wrong C. wrong something 36. —I want to know . —-Let me show you the way. A. where I can buy books B. where can I buy books C. where books can I buy 37. —When did the old man die? —In 2007. He for nearly three years. A. died B. has died C. has been dead 38. —What will Lucy do this Sunday? —She as well as her family go camping by a small lake. A. am going to B. is going to C. are going to 39. —I want to know if Mr. Green will come here tomorrow. —If he ，I'll tell you. A. come B. comes C. will come 40. —Do you know when the 29th Olympic Games , —Yes, in 2008. A. hold B. is held C. was held 第二节完形填空(共15小题;每小题1分，满分15分) 先通读下面的短文，读懂大意，然后从后面各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选择可以填 入相应空白处的最佳选项。 A One day a woman got into her car and started driving home after work. Suddenly, she saw a yellow car behind her. The 41 was a man. Wherever she drove，the young man followed her. When she 42 at the traffic lights, the yellow car stopped behind her. The woman was afraid，so she drove 43 to the police station. She was very 44 when she found the car stopped behind her. At that time，she saw a woman outside the police station. She knew that she was a policewoman because she was wearing a police uniform. She jumped out 45 her car and ran to her. But the young man just smiled and came up to return the purse which was dropped on the street by the woman. 41. A. worker B. driver C. passenger 42. A. stop B. stops C. stopped 43. A. quickly B. easily C. happily 44. A. interested B. moved C. surprised 45. A. at B. on C. of B Long long ago, there was a man whose name was Frank. He loved his 46 very much. A special day was coming. It was his wife's birthday. Frank decided 47 something for her. The next day 48 home and said to his wife, "I bought something 49 you. ”"Thank you!"said his wife 50 . "What have you bought for me?""I've bought a gold ring. Here it is. ” He took it out for his wife to see. Carelessly, he dropped it onto the ground. He began to look for it on the ground， 51 it was dark in the house and he could not see 52 . Then he went out and began to look for it in the street. He looked and looked. After a while, a friend came along. "What's the matter with you?" asked his friend. “I am 53 for my ring. It was for my wife. But I lost it just now. ” said the poor man. “ 54 did you lose it?""I lost it in my house. ” “You lost your ring in your house, but you are looking for it in the street. How foolish you are!""Ah,"said the man,"but it is dark in my house. I will never find it there. Anyhow, here in the street, it is much 55 I can see everything more clearly. "My dear friend, do you think Frank could find his gold ring in the street? 46. A. wife B. daughter C. son 47. A. to show B. to buy C. to cook 48. A. go B. goes C. went 49. A. for B. with C. to 50. A. angrily B. sadly C. happily 51. A. but B. so C, because 52. A. something B. anything C. nothing 53. A. asking B. calling C. looking 54. A. Where B. When C. Why 55. A. darker B. brighter C. harder 第三部分阅读理解(共20小题;每小题2分，满分40分) 阅读下列短文，从各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出最佳选项。 A We can find ads everywhere. Here are four ads. Please read them carefully. (1) WAITER WANTED (2)REPORTER WANTED Are you hard-working? Do you like to meet Do you like to talk with people? Do you like to write people? If your answer is "Yes”，then we have a stories? If you want to work for our magazine as a job for you as a waiter. reporter, Call AL Hotel at 8556779. please call Karen at 8558366. (3)HELP WANTED (4)CLEANER WANTED Do you like babies? Can you look after one baby Can you make a large house clean and tidy? If you hope to get the job paid at $ 20 once，call us this for two days? If you are sure to take good care of it, call us at 8766588. $ 80 or more. Today ～ evening 18:00 —20:00. Tel: 8633800. Hurry! 56. are needed in AL Hotel. A. Cleaners B. Reporters C. Waiters 57. If you like children and have two-day free，you can call at for a job. A. 8556779 B. 8558336 C. 8766588 58. If the owner of the large house asks a cleaner to tidy his house once a day, how much will the cleaner get in a week? A. $ 120. B. $140. C. $ 160. 59. If you're a college student of English who enjoys writing, during your summer holidays you will be more interested in the job in . A. ad(1) B. ad (2) C. ad (3) 60. The above job ads are probably from . A. a science book B. a story book C. a newspaper B Last weekend, when Jack was walking in the park，he saw a woman, who lived a few miles away, sitting on a bench with a dog beside her. The dog was looking up at the woman. Jack walked up to the woman and said, "Hello, Sue, how are you? May I sit and talk with you for a while?" "Of course, please sit down,"Sue said. Jack sat down next to Sue on the bench, and they talked quietly together. The dog continued to look up at Sue，as if waiting to be fed. "That's a nice dog，isn't he?" Jack said， pointing at the animal. "Yes, he is. He's handsome. He's a bit of a mixture，but that's not a bad thing. He's strong and healthy. ” “And hungry," Jack said. "He hasn't taken his eyes off you. He thinks you've got some food for him. " “That's true,"Sue said. “But I haven't. ” They both laughed and then Jack said,"Does your dog bite?" “No，” Sue said. "He's never bitten anyone. He's always gentle and friendly. ” Hearing this，Jack decided to hold out his hand and touched the animal's head. Suddenly it jumped up and bit him. “Hey!"Jack shouted. “You said your dog didn't bite. " Sue replied in surprise, "Yeah, I did But this is not my dog. My dog's at home. ” 61. Jack and Sue were . A. friends B. next-door neighbours C. strangers 62. The dog looked at the woman because . A. the woman wanted to feed him B. the woman was friendly C. it was hungry 63. Jack touched the dog because he believed . A. the dog was handsome B. Sue's dog was unfriendly C. the dog belonged to Sue 64. Do Sue's dog bite? A. Yes, it does. B. No, it doesn't. C. We don't know. 65. Which of the following can be the best title of the passage? A. A Wrong Question B. Sue's Dog C. A Pleasant Meeting C There are differences between western culture and Chinese culture. We can see differences when we pay attention to the way words are used. Let's look at the words about animals and plants. Most expressions in Chinese is about the dog, for example，“a homeless dog", "a mad dog,"“a running dog" and "a dog catching a mouse", have negative(消极) meanings. But in western countries, dogs are thought to be honest and good friends of humans. In English, people use the dog to describe positive(积极的)actions. For example，“you are a lucky dog” means you are a lucky person. And “every dog has its day" means each person has good luck sometimes. To describe a person's serious illness, they say "sick as a dog". The word "dog-tired" means very tired. However, Chinese love cats very much. But in western culture, “cat"is often used to describe a woman who is cruel(冷酷的). There are many other examples of how "cat” is used differently as well. The rose is regarded as a symbol of love in both China and some western countries. People think the rose stands for love，peace, courage and friendship. And the rose is the national flower of England，America and many other countries. The words about plants and animals are used in positive or negative ways in different cultures. We can learn about many differences in cultures by comparing how some words are used. 66. The word “dog"in Chinese usually . A. stands for friendship B. has a negative meaning C. has a positive meaning 67. “Every dog has its day. ” means “ ” A. Everybody in the world is lucky. B. Each person lives his own way of life. C. Everybody has a time in life to be lucky. 68. Western people usually use “cat"to refer to “ ”. A. a tired person B. a brave man C. an unkind woman 69. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage? A. Words show differences in cultures. B. Western people think cats to be good friends. C. Rose is the national flower of all western countries. 70. This passage mainly tells us . A. negative or positive things B. different countries have different cultures C. what dog and cat mean in English and Chinese D Many children use the Internet to get useful knowledge and information, and to relax in their free time. But some of them are not using it in a good way. Here are some rules to make sure you are safe and have fun on the Internet. Make rules for Internet use with your parents. For example, when you can go online，for how long and what activities you can go online. Don't give your password(密码)to anyone else, and never give out the following information—your real name，home address, age, school，phone number or other personal information. Check with your parents before giving out a credit card(信用卡)number. Never send a photo of yourself to someone by e-mail unless your parents say it's OK Check with your parents before going into a chat room. Different chat rooms have different rules and attract different kinds of people. You and your parents ought to make sure it's a right place for you. Never agree to meet someone you met on the Internet without your parents' permission(允 许). Never meet anyone you met online alone. Always remember that people online may not be who they say they are. Treat everyone online as strangers. If something you see or read online makes you uncomfortable, leave the site. Tell a parent or teacher right away. Treat other people as you'd like to be treated. Never use bad language. Remember—not everything you read on the Internet is true. 71. It's good for children to on the Internet. A. give password to others B. get useful knowledge and information C. give out a credit card number 72. The writer tells children to . A. send their photos to him B. make rules for Internet use with parents C. believe everything they read on the Internet 73. According to the passage, if your parents don't agree, never . A. read anything on the Internet B. relax in your free time C. have a face-to-face meeting with anyone you met online 74. What should NOT be done when you are online? A. Using bad language. B. Leaving the site if you feel uncomfortable. C. Treating everyone online as strangers. 75. The main idea of this passage is about . A. how to use computers B. information on the Internet C. Internet safety rules 第E卷(共四部分满分50分) 第一部分口语运用(共10小题;每小题1分，满分10分) 从对话后的选项中选择适当的选项补全对话，把相应的字母代号填在方框下面的横线上。 A Mr. Green: Hello! This is English-help Centre. 1 Li Lei : Yes. I have some problems with English. Mr. Green; 2 Li Lei:First, I can't speak English well. Mr. Green : 3 Why not join a language club to practise English? Li Lei:OK，I'll try it. Also I can't understand the teacher when she talks to the class. Mr. Green: Listening to more tapes will help a lot. Remembering the words of English songs also helps a lot. Li Lei: 4 I'll do that as much as possible. Mr. Green: You're welcome. 5 A. Don't worry. B. I hope your English will improve soon. C. Can I help you? D. Thank you very much. E. What are your problems? 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. . B Tony: Hi, Joy，Would you like to help to save the environment? Joy; 6 What can I do? Tony: Well, first, you can start by turning off the lights. Joy: Yes. That's easy. Sometimes I turn on the lights without thinking. What's next? Tony:Second, listen. 7 Don't take a bus or a taxi if you don't have to. Joy: That will save money, too. 8 . Tony: 9 . Joy:Mm, newspapers，magazines, mails. . . We get a lot of paper at home. Good iaea. Tony: And last, take a bag when you go shopping. 10 . Joy: OK. My parents do most of the shopping. I'll tell them. A. You can ride a bike. B. I don't know. C. Don't use plastic bags. D. What else? E. Try to recycle paper. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. . 第二部分 单词拼写(共15空，每空1分，满分15分) A. 根据汉语提示，用单词的正确形式填空，每空一词。(共7小题;每小题1分，满分7 分) 1. Mr. Wang lives on the (第五)floor. 2. My mother is (忙)cooking in the kitchen. 3. Look～ There are lots of (绵羊)on the farm. 4. We shouldn't (依靠)too much on our parents. 5. Many (机器人)will do heavy work for us in the future. 6. I asked her if she was ready to go，and she (点头)her head. 7. It's pleasant to visit Alaska in (八月)but it might be cool in the evening. B. 短文填空(共8小题;每小题1分，满分8分) 根据短文内容和首字母提示，把所缺单词填写在短文中相应的横线上，使句意完 整。 . One day two young men went to the forest. On the way, one said t the other,"We're friends. We must help each o . ”“All right!” the other one answered. After a short t ，there was a great noise. It was a big bear. The two men ran a quickly. One of them got up into a tree. The other was fat and couldn't c up. He threw himself at the foot of the tree. The bear came near. It looked at the fat man, put i nose down and smelt hirru It thought the young man was dead，so it walked away. The man in the tree came down. He asked his friend, “The bear put its mouth so near to your ear. W did it say to you?"The fat young man answered, "the bear said, ‘ A friend in need is a friend indeed. ’” 第三部分短文改错(共10小题;每小题1分，满分10分) 下面短文中的画线部分是错误的，请改正，不得改变原文意思，并将正确答案写在右边_ 库题号的横线上。 I live in the country and my father was a farmer. 1. . He is now forty-five year old. Because of years of2. . hard work，he looks old than his age. When I was 3. . young，he used to telTme the important of study. 4. . Father knows few about English and other subjects, 5. . but he usually gives me any good advice on how 6. . to learn my lessons goodTHe is not only kind to me 7. . but also very strict in me. With his help, I've made 8. . great progress, I'll never forget what him taught 9. . me. I think my father is a best father in the world. 10. . 第四部分书面表达(满分15分) 近来，全国正在进行平安校园建设，我市也不例外。作为一名学生，我们更应该珍惜自己 的生命，更应该注意自己的人身安全。假如你是Daming，并担任校学生会主席，请你就 安全问题，向全校学生发出倡议，写一封安全倡议书。 内容提示:(1)不带管制刀具到学校;(2)不私自下河洗澡;(3)不打架; (4)上学放学的逮中应该注意安全; (5)遇紧急情况，立即 报告 软件系统测试报告下载sgs报告如何下载关于路面塌陷情况报告535n,sgs报告怎么下载竣工报告下载 警察或老师。 参考词汇:管制刀具:restricted knives or things;洗澡:have a bath;打架:fight; 紧急情况:emergency;交通安全:pay attention to the traHic。 写作要求:(1)用词恰当，要点全面，层次清晰，书写规范。 (2)可适当发挥，80词左右，开头、结尾已给出，不计入总词数。 (3)严禁出现自己的真实姓名和学校等相关信息。 Dear students, As we know, safety is the most important thing in our lives. So, we should try our best to make sure we are safe. Yours， Darning 2010年四川省广安市中考英语试题参考答案或听力材料 1?20(略) 21. B 22. B 23. A 24. A 25. C 26. C 27. B 28. C 29. A 30. B 31. C 32. B 33. C 34. C 35. B 36. A 37. C 3& B 39. B 40. C 41. B 42. C 43. A 44. C 45. C 46. A 47. B 48. C 49. A 50. C 51. C 52. B 53. C 54. A 55. B 56. C 57. C 58. B 59. B 60. C 61. B 62. C 63. C 64. B 65. B 66. B 67. C 68. C 69. A 70. B 71. B 72. B 73. C 74. A 75. C 口语运用 (A) l. C 2. E 3. A 4. D 5. B (B)6. B 7. A 8. D 9. E 10. C 单词拼写 (A)l. fifth 2. busy 3. sheep 4. depend 5. robots 6. noded 7. August % (B)to good other time away climb its What 短文改错 1. is 2. years 3. older 4. importance 5. little 6. some 7. well 8. with 9. he 10. the 书面表达略 2010年四川省雅安市中考英语试题 (满分120分，考试时间120分钟) 第I卷(选择题共70分) 笔试(一) 一、单项填空(共20小题;每小题1分，满分20分) 从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案。 1. Their names Sandy and Daniel. A. was B. is C. are D. am 2. — I come in, Mr Wu? —Come in，please. A. Can B. May C. Could D. Must 3. — idea did you take? —Tom's. A. Who B. Where C. Whose D. What 4. She is much than her sister. A. slimmest B. slim C. thin D. slimmer 5. —What colour is it? — . A. It's a book B. It's Monday C. It's red D. It's June 14 6. He Chengdu by bus last week. A. has gone to B. went to C. arrived D. goes to 7. ~-What's wrong with your son's , —He can't hear clearly. A. ears B. mouth C. nose D. hands 8. We are going to show you clothes the 1970s to the 1990s. A. in B. from C. between D. to 9. The books on the table are . books are over there. A. my; Yours B. yours; My C. mine; Yours D. yours; Mine 10. There is going to a volleyball match in the playground this afternoon. A. has B. have C. be D. hold 11. He saw a wallet on the floor and . A, pick it up B. picked up it C. picked it up D. pick up it 12. The Geography teacher said that the sun in the east. A, rise B. rises C. rose D. is rising 13. Amy hates beef, so she eats it. A. often B. always C. never D. sometimes 14. —Where do you often see the sign BUSINESS HOURS 9:00—18:00? A. In a hospital B. At a school C. In a factory D. In a shop 15. 一How do you begin with a telephone call? A. Hello, this is. . . speaking. B. Hello, I am. . . C. Hello, who are you? D. Hello, my name is. . . 16. My bag is made leather. A. to B. by C. in D. of 17. I hope you fun at the party tomorrow. A. has B. will have C. having D. had 18. —Kitty, I'm going on a trip to Beijing. A. Oh, that's a good idea. B. Enjoy yourself ～ C. How about going by plane? D. That's all right. 19 . he was ill last night, he still finished his homework. A. For B. Because C. Though D. (不填) 20. The park is so beautiful. There are many trees on side of the river. A. every B. each C. both D. all 二、完形填空(共20小题;每小题1分，满分20分) 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出可以填入空白处的 最佳选项。 Hi, Millie, How are you? I haven't seen you 21 last month. I heard you 22 to Thailand. You went there a week ago，right? Have you come back 23 , I 24 here in Hong Kong for two days. My parents and I 25 a really fantastic time here. Today, we spent the whole day in Hong Kong Disneyland. It's a famous theme park and 26 four different parks-Main Street USA， Tomorrowland， Fantasyland and Adventureland. We went to Disneyland 27 . First, we took photos of the whale fountain 28 the entrance, and then we went to Tomorrowland. In Tomorrowland, we went to Space Mountain, one of 29 there. Space Mountain is a really exciting roller coaster. It moved at high speed，and we were screaming and laughing through the whole ride. After we left Tomorrowland, we had lunch in a fast food restaurant, but I wasn't interested in 30 . I wanted to go to Fantasyland, so we rushed there after lunch. In front of Sleeping Beauty Castle, I met many of my favourite Disney characters, such as Sleeping Beauty, Snow White, Alice and Cinderella. Mickey Mouse and all his friends were there too. I couldn't stop 31 with them because they all looked so nice and cute. Everybody was very 32 when a parade of Disney characters began later in the afternoon. It was 33 part of the day. The performers all wore different costumes and waved to people while they marched 34 the park，singing and dancing all the way. The children clapped and screamed 35 joy when they saw their favourite characters. After the parade, my parents and I watched a three-D film. It 36 magic because we could smell the apple pie and feel the wind when Donald Duck was flying with Aladdin in the sky. Adventureland was 37 wonderful. We stayed there to watch the great" Lion King" show. After the show, we went to buy some souvenirs in Main Street USA. Dad bought 38 stationery for my cousin. Mum bought a beautiful purse for me. I bought a pretty hair clip for you. I'm sure you'll love it. 39 of the day, we watched fireworks in front of Sleeping Beauty Castle. The castle looked 40 and beautiful under the fireworks. In all，we stayed at the park for about twelve hours. It was a really exciting trip. I took a lot of photos, and I'll show them to you when I come back. See you soon. Yours， Kitty 21. A. since B. for C. from D. after 22. A. have been B. have gone C. went D. go 23. A. never B. just C. yet D. ever 24. A. have come B. came C. was D. have been 25. A. am having B. are having C. were having D. was having 26. A. includes B. include C. including D. included 27. A. by plane B. by ship C. by underground D. by train 28. A. in B. to C. at D. on 29. A. the attractions B. attractions C. attraction D. the attraction 30. A. watching B. eating C. listening D. playing 31. A. flying B. to take photos C. taking photos D. to fly 32. A. exciting B. moving C. frightened D. excited 33. A. the worst B. a better C. a bad D. the best 34. A. at B. across C. to D. from 35. A. in B. with C. to D. without 36. A. likes B. liked C. is like D. was like 37. A. as well B. either C. also D. too 38. A. a few B. many C. some D. few 39. A. At the end B. By the end C. In the end D. To the end 40. A. shine B. shines C. shiny D. shone 三、阅读理解(共15小题;每小题2分，满分30分) 阅读下列短文，并做每篇短文后面的题，从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出能回答所提问 题或能完成所给句子的最佳选项。. A The telephone rang when Mrs Black was cooking lunch. Her son David went to answer the telephone. His aunt said she was coming to see them with her daughter that afternoon. Mrs Black was happy because she hadn't seen her sister for several months. She knew the girl liked bananas very much, but she was busy in the kitchen and couldn't go to buy any for her. She gave some money to David and said，“Go and buy two kilos of bananas in the shop. " David liked bananas，too. He went out happily. Half an hour later he came back with a bag in his hand. Mrs Black weighed the bananas and found they were half a kilo short. She took the bag to the shopkeeper and said,"I sent my little son for two kilos of bananas, but you gave him only one and a half kilos. ” "Have you weighed your little son, madam?"asked the shopkeeper. “My scales (秤)arc all right. " 41. Who went to answer the telephone? A. Mrs Black. B. The girl. C. Mr Black. D. David. 42. Mrs Black asked her son . A. to play with his sister B. to sweep the floor C. to buy some bananas D. to cook lunch 43. Why did David go to buy bananas happily? A. He liked bananas. B. He had money. C. He liked his aunt. D. He knew the way. 44. How many kilos of bananas did David's mother ask him to buy? A. Three kilos. B. Two kilos. C. One kilo. . D. Half a kilo. 45. The shopkeeper thought that . A. his scales were wrong B. Mrs Black's scales were wrong C. David had eaten some bananas D. Mrs Black had eaten some bananas B All living things on the earth need other living things to live. Nothing lives alone. Most animals must live in a group, and even a plant grows close together with others of the same kind. Sometimes one living thing kills another, one eats and the other is eaten. Each kind of life eats another kind of life so that it can live, and together they form (形成)a food chain (链). Some food chains are simple，while others are not. However, all food chains begin with the sun, and all food chains become broken up if one of the links(连接)disappears. All life needs sunlight(阳光)to live on, but only plants can use sunlight directly (直接地). Plants are "factories". They make food from sunlight, water and things in the soil (土壤)and air. Plants feed all other living things. Animals can only use the sun's energy after it has been changed into food by plants. Some animals feed directly on plants, while others eat smaller animals. Meat-eating animals are only eating plants indirectly(间接地). What about people? We are members of many food chains. We eat rice， vegetables,fruits and so on. We also eat meat and drink milk. However, people often break up food chains. They kill wild animals, fhey also make rivers，lakes and seas dirty. When these rivers, lakes and seas are polluted, the fish in them cannot be eaten. If people eat the fish, they will be sick. Each form of life is linked to all others. Breaking the links puts all life in danger. 46. How does every living thing on the earth live? A. Each plant can live alone. B. Every living thing on the earth can not live without others. C. Each animal can live alone. D. If living things want to live, they must kill all others. 47. Which living things can use the sun's energy directly? A. Plants. B. Animals. C. Both animals and plants. D. All living things. 48. What do plants make food from? They make food from . A. water, sunlight and things in the air B. water and things in the soil and air C. water, sunlight and things in the soil D. sunlight, water and things in the soil and air 49. Who often break up the food chains? A. Animals. B. Plants and animals. C. People and wild animals. D. People. 50. Which of the following is the best title for this passage? A. Plants B. Animals C. Food Chains D. Living Things C I am Kate. I think my father is a little fat but he says he is not fat, he is only "pear shaped(形状)". My niolher has a very beautiful face. The skin on her face is soft. She has “skin like a peach(桃)”. I have a little sister. We love her very much. My mother says that she is “the apple of her eye". My parents say I am lazy. I like to lie on the sofa and watch television. I also like to eat snacks. My parents call me"a couch potato". They tell me I should exercise more but I don't like sport. It isn't my “cup of tea". I have a dog. His name is Tommy. Tommy sleeps a lot. When he plays with a ball,he gets very excited. He"goes bananas”～ I have a cousin. She has red hair. We call her"carrot top"because of her red hair. She is really kind. I think she is “sweet as sugar". How did you enjoy my writing? It was"a piece of cake"to tell you all about my family. 51. What do Kate's parents call her? A. A couch potato. B. A banana. C. A mouse potato. D. The apple of her mother's eye. 52. When does the dog "go bananas", A. When he sleeps. B. When he eats bones. C. When he plays with a cat. D. When he plays with a ball. 53. What isn't Kates “cup of tea"? A. Sleeping. B. Exercising. C. Watching TV. D. Eating snacks. 54. Who is "sweet as sugar"? A. The dog “Tommy”. B. Kate's mother. C. Kate's cousin. D. Kate's sister. 55. “a piece of cake"in the passage means . A. difficult B. easy C. hard D. delicious 第II卷(共50分) 笔试(二) 四、补全对话(共5小题;每小题2分，满分10分) 根据对话内容，从下面的方框中选出填入空白处的最佳选项，使对话完整，将答案的字母代号填入右边的方框内。选项中有一项多余。 Helen :I haven't talked to Mary for a very long time! 56 . Wendy: Yes，I have. 57 . Helen : How is she? Wendy: 58 She has changed a lot. Helen : She used to be very shy and quiet. Wendy: 59 These days she's really confident～ She also told me that she studies more now. Her maths grades are a lot better. 60 . Helen : Wow! That's great～ A. Oh, she's great. B. What do you think of Mary? C. She's at the top of the class now. D. But she is not shy and quiet any more. E. Have you seen her these days? F. She's in mv Maths study group. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. . 五、单词拼写(共5小题;每小题1分,满分5分) 根据下列句子中所给汉语注释，在句子右边的横线上写出空缺处各单词的正确形式。(每空只写一词) 61. Tom (戴)glasses. 61. . 62. The (桥)is made of stone. 62. . 63. Tell her the (正确)answer. 63. . 64. I have seen two exhibitions (最近). 64. . 65. There are many (不同)between living in a city and living in the country. 65. . 六、短文改错(共10小题;每小题1. S分，满分15分) 下面短文中有十处错，每处错皆用底线标出，请将正确答案填写在右边相应的横线上。(每小题只填一词，不得改变原句意思。) "Where are you going?"This question is often ask(66) by 66. . Chinese when two friend(67) meet in the street. 67. . And (68)if you ask Americans the same question,they 68. . will be puzzled(迷惑)because they thought(69) that 69. . “going to some place"is quite private(私人的) business of their own. It has anything (70)to do with other 70. . people. In their eye(71)，only a policeman 71. . will ask so(72) a question in the street. 72. . The same thing will happen for(73) Americans if you 73. . ask,"Have you has(74) your meal?"In fact，to us 74. . Chinese, it does not mean anything but a greet(75). 75. . 七、书面表达(满分20分) 在日常生活中，因特网正在发挥着越来越大的作用。请根据下表所给的提示写 信息 看新闻，寻找信息。 通讯 发送和接收电子邮件。电子邮件比传统信件快捷和便 宜。 学习 上网络学校，自学英语。 娱乐 空时听音乐，玩网络游戏。 要求短文必须包括表内所有信息; 2. 词数:50?80; 3. 短文的开头已给出，不计入总词数。 We know that the Internet is playing a more and more important role in our daily life. 2010年四川省雅安市中考英语试题参考答案或听力材料 1. C 2. B 3. C 4. D 5. C 6. B 7. A 8. B 9. B 10. C 11. C 12. B 13. C 14. D 15. A 16. D 17. B 18. B 19. C 20. B 21. A 22. B 23. C 24. D 25. B 26. A 27. C 28. C 29. A 30. B 31. C 32. D 33. D 34. B 35. B 36. D 37. C 38. C 39. A 40. C 41. D 42. C 43. A 44. B 45. C 46. B 47. A 48. D 49. D 50. C 51. A 52. D 53. B 54. C 55. B 56. E 57. F 58. A 59. D 60. C 61. wears 62. bridge 63. correct 64. recently 65. differences 66. asked 67. friends 68. But 69. think 70. nothing 71. eyes 72. such 73. to 74. had 75. greeting One possible version We know that the Internet is playing a more and more important role in our daily life. Through the Internet, we can read news and search for information. We can send and receive e-mails. They are much faster and cheaper than traditional letters. Besides, we can go to Internet school and teach ourselves English. We can also enjoy music, or play games on the Internet when we are free. 2010年四川省宜宾市中考英语试题 (考试时间:120分钟， 全卷满分:120分) 基础卷(全体考生必做，共65分) ?. 听力测试。(共20个小题，计20分) A. 情景反应。(共7个小题，每小题1分，计7分) 本题共有7个小题，从下列各题A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳答语并将其番号填 入题前括号内。(每小题念两遍) ( )1. A. Fine, thanks. B. Nice to meet you. C. I?m a worker. ( )2. A. Thursday. B. June 10. C. My birthday. ( )3. A. Thank you all the same. B. It?s nice of you. C. Thanks a lot. ( )4. A. Hold on, please. B. That?s all right. C. What a pity. ( )5. A. Yes, do please. B. My pleasure. C. That?s right. ( )6. A. Yes, here you are. B. You?re welcome. C. No, thank you. ( )7. A. How are you like? B. How do you do? C. What do you do? B. 对话理解。 (共8个小题，每小题1分，计8分) 本题共有8个小题，请根据你所听到的对话及问题，从下列各题A、B、C三个选项中 选出一个最佳答案并将其番号填入题前括号内。(每小题念三遍) ( )8. A. Electronic dictionaries. B. Mobile phones. C. MP4 players. ( )9. A. David. B. Nobody. C. Rosa. ( )10. A. Cats. B. Snakes. C. Mice. ( )11. A. School life. B. Summer holiday. C. Shopping. ( )12. A. Last night. B. Yesterday afternoon. C. This evening. ( )13. A. Once a day. B. Once a week. C. Once a month. ( )14. A. About 8:30. B. About 9:30. C. About 10:30. ( )15. A. In a restaurant. B. In a hospital. C. In a cinema. C. 短文理解。 (共5个小题，每小题1分，计5分) 请根据你所听到的短文，从下列各题A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳答案并将其 番号填入题前括号内。(短文念三遍) ( )16. My family lived in _______ before I was 12 years old. A. the city B. town C. the mountains ( )17. I spent ______ walking to school every morning. A. half an hour B. one hour C. one and a half hours ( )18. I could meet _______ on the way to school. A. my friends B. my parents C. nobody ( )19. There were ______ students in my class. A. 12 B. 20 C. 40 ( )20. I could see ________ there. A. the sea B. many high buildings C. many kinds of flowers 笔试部分 (一) ?. 单项选择。 (共15个小题，每小题1分，计15分) 从下列各题A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的正确答案，并将其番号填 入题前括号内。 ( )21.--- Do you know everyone from Class One? --- Er…, I know some of ______. A. they B. their C. theirs D. them ( )22. When I was a student, I liked to sit in the front of the classroom so that I could see the words more clearly on the _______. A. blackboard B. desk C. dictionary D. postcard ( )23. Tommy is looking for the watch his uncle ______ him last month. A. gives B. gave C. to give D. has given ( )24. --- Would you like some coffee? --- No, thanks. I _____ drink coffee. Coffee is bad for my stomach. A. almost B. already C. hardly D. still ( )25. I don?t have to introduce him to you ______ you know the boy. A. until B. unless C. since D. but ( )26. The tall man over there is our new English teacher, _________? A. is he B. is there C. isn?t he D. isn?t there ( )27. I got a good present on my ______ birthday. A. nine B. ninth C. the nine D. the ninth ( )28. While I was walking along the lake, I saw some fish _____ out of the water. A. jumped B. to jump C. jumping D. are jumping ( )29. Several years ago, ______ people knew Sean. But now he is famous in Jinan. A. few B. any C. many D. most ( )30. I _______ to take part in the English speech contest last week. A. ask B. asked C. am asked D. was asked ( )31. Mr. Yang?s daughter is pretty good ______ drawing pictures and won many prizes. A. with B. for C. in D. at ( )32. --- Xiao Wang, __________ will it take to fly to Guangzhou? --- Sorry, I don?t know. A. how far B. how soon C. how many D. how long ( )33. The TV play is about a true story _______ happened in Mianyang in 1998. A. it B. what C. that D. when ( )34. Though Jack was poor and sick, he never ______ any chance to write. That is why he finally became a successful writer. A. agreed to B. gave up C. looked for D. thought of ( )35. --- Could you tell me _________________? --- Of course, last night. A. when you reached Chengdu B. when did you reach Chengdu C. how you came to China D. how did you come to China ?. 完形填空。 (共10个小题，每小题1分，计10分) 认真阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选 出一个最佳答案，并将其番号填入题前括号内。 Marc sat next to me when we were in Hill Junior School. He had a serious 36 in communicating with people. One always had to guess what he was saying. 37 , most of my classmates did not like to be with him because his hands and shirts were always 38 . I tried to let him know the importance of being clean by 39 him several times a day to wash his hands. But he just could not understand. One day, our teacher Miss West walked up to Marc. 40 saying anything, she took Marc to the washroom. Slowly, Miss West washed his 41 and told him that he should keep himself clean. She did that every day for one month. 42 , Marc understood. Miss West?s love has given me a good example to follow when I 43 my job. I always remember to teach my students by showing them the right 44 to do things. And most important of all, I always remember to give them 45 to learn and to grow up. ( )36. A. question B. problem C. accident D. hobby ( )37. A. Instead B. However C. Besides D. Except ( )38. A. dirty B. clean C. new D. old ( )39. A. talking B. saying C. speaking D. telling ( )40. A. With B. Without C. After D. Above ( )41. A. face B. feet C. shirts D. hands ( )42. A. At last B. At first C. Such as D. So far ( )43. A. did B. am doing C. have done D. am going to do ( )44. A. ways B. answers C. time D. food ( )45. A. more advice B. less advice C. more time D. less time ?. 阅读理解。 第一部分 (共2篇文章，10个小题，每小题2分，计20分) ( A ) Bill was going to visit Wang Dawei in Chongqing for several days. Before he left America, Bill tried to learn about Chinese food and Chinese ways of doing things. He wanted to be polite. He learned that most people in China eat rice, drink tea, and take off their shoes when they go into a friend?s apartment. Bill even learned to use chopsticks. At the same time, Wang Dawei learned about American food and American ways of doing things. He wanted to be friendly. When Bill came to Wang?s house, Dawei told him to keep his shoes on. Later they went out for dinner. They ate pizza and drank Coke. The next few days, they had breakfast in a coffee shop and ate hamburgers in a fast-food restaurant. On his way back to America, Bill was thinking about why he never ate rice or drank tea or ate with chopsticks. He never took off his shoes when he visited Wang?s family. He thought that living in China was just like living in America. 请根据短文内容判断下列句子的正误，正确的在题前括号内写T，错误的写F。 ( )46. Bill learned about Chinese food and other things before coming to China. ( )47. Bill knew most Chinese eat rice, drink tea and wear their shoes in their houses. ( )48. Wang Dawei was friendly to Bill, so they went to the restaurant to eat Chinese food. ( )49. Finally Bill didn?t have Chinese food at all. ( )50. Wang Dawei made Bill feel at home at last. (B) Welcome to Music Ground, a radio show that gives you a wonderful Friday night. I?m Justin Young. It?s time again for the best-selling songs of the week. Stanley Brown?s “Perhaps” is a new song that comes in at No. 5 this week. “Say Cheese” by OK Band stays in the same place at No. 4. “The Bees” by Cindy Bear falls down from No. 2 to No. 3. And No.2 is another new song called “Are You There?” by Broken Basket. Finally, there?s no change at No. 1, with “Magic River” by Stupid Machine. Many people are calling in for this favorite song, so let?s listen to it right now. And don?t go away. Later we?ll talk over the phone with Stupid Machine about their plans for the coming year. No. 1 ~ No. 5 This Week 1. Magic River -–Stupid Machine 2. Are you There? -–Broken Basket 3. The Bees –-Cindy Bear 4. Say Cheese –-OK Band I’m Justin Young. 5. Perhaps –-Stanley Brown 请根据以上内容，从下列各题A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳答案并将其番号填入 题前括号内。 ( )51. Justin Young is a _______. A. TV reporter B. popular singer C. song writer D. radio reporter ( )52. People can listen to the song sung by ______ soon. A. Stupid Machine B. Broken Basket C. Stanley Brown D. Cindy Bear ( )53. Which song does NOT change its place this week? A. Are You There? B. The Bees. C. Say Cheese. D. Perhaps. ( )54. How many songs listed above are new this week? A. One. B. Two. C. Three. D. Four. ( )55. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage? A. You can listen to Music Ground once a week. B. Justin Young is talking about popular songs this week. C. People can call in to listen to their favorite songs. D. Stupid Machine is now in the radio station with OK Band. 拓展题 (升学考生必做，共 55分) 笔试部分 (二) ?. 阅读理解。 第二部分 (共2篇短文，10个小题，每小题2分，计20分) 请根据短文内容，从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳答案并将其番号填入题前括号内。 (C) Can you imagine a world without the Internet? It?s surprising to think about it. Now, China has more than 162 million Internet users, according to the China Internet Network Information Centre. This is the second highest number of user in the world after the United States. Today, 66%of Chinese “netizens (网民)” are teenagers. “They spend about thirteen hours every week online,” said Qian Hulin, an Internet expert(专家). Doctor Song in Beijing Xuanwu Hospital said about 14% of Chinese netizens who are teens often lasted over ten hours to play online games. The main reasons why teenagers surf the Web are to search for information, to communicate with others and to have fun. On the Internet, teenagers can find out almost anything. And surfing the Web can help students with their homework and widen their knowledge. Li Dong, a teacher at No. 41 Middle School in Shijiazhuang, likes her students to use the Internet. “When we talk in class, students who surf the Net usually know more background information than the others,” she said. In addition, people can use the Internet to write letters or stories and send emails. Many teens keep in touch with their friends online. It is cheaper than phoning somebody far away and also much quicker. ( )56. _______ has the most Internet users in the world according to the article. A. China B. America C. Canada D. Russia ( )57. There are about _______ Chinese netizens to surf about 13 hours every week. A. 107 million old B. 22.7 million old C. 107 million young D. 22.7 million young ( )58. Song said some teenagers continued _______ more than ten hours. A. playing online games B. searching for information C. chatting with their friends D. sending emails to others ( )59. Li Dong in No. 41 Middle School likes her students to use the Internet because she ______. A. thinks surfing the net can help students spend less time on homework B. thinks her students can get more background information than the others C. wants her students to talk to her about their hobbies and interests D. wants to know what her students do and think about at home ( )60. Which way is the cheapest and quickest to learn something about friends far away? A. Giving them a call. B. Going to see them. C. Writing a letter to them. D. Sending emails to them. (D) Happiness is important for everyone. Most people want to be happy but few know how to find happiness. Money and success don?t bring lasting happiness. Happiness depends on ourselves. In other words, we make our own happiness. Some people believe that if they are wealthy, they will be able to do anything they want, which means happiness. On the other hand, some people believe that holding a high position in the government is happiness. In this way, you have not only money, but also many other things which can?t be bought by money. However, other people believe that having lots of money is not happiness, nor is holding a high position in the government. These people value(重视) their beliefs, or their intelligence, or their health. They think these can make them happy. Here are a few ways to help you be happier. The first secret of happiness is to enjoy the simple things in life. Too often, we spend so much time thinking about the future, for example, getting into college or getting a good job, that we don?t enjoy the present. You should enjoy life?s simple pleasures, such as reading a good book, listening to your favorite music, or spending time with close friends. People who have close friends usually enjoy happier and healthier lives. The second secret of happiness is to be active. Many people go dancing or play sports. People can forget about their problems and only think about the activities. Finally, many people find happiness in helping others. According to studies, people feel good when they volunteer their time to do many meaningful things for other people. If you want to feel happier, do something nice for someone. You can help a friend with his or her studies, go shopping to get food for an old neighbor, or simply help around the house. Now maybe you know how to find happiness! ( )61. The underlined word “wealthy” means “__________” in the article. A. pleased B. healthy C. excited D. rich ( )62. Some people who hold a high position in the government think they can _________. A. get money and something they can?t buy with money B. do what they want to do at any time C. enjoy health which makes them work hard D. take an active part in all kinds of activities every day ( )63. The writer thinks the secret of happiness is that people ___________. A. think about getting a good job B. think of presents they don?t like C. often spend time with close friends D. often spend time on entering the college ( )64. Many people find it happy to ___________. A. remember the old days and troubles B. do some meaningful things for others C. go shopping to buy some food D. make much money and little success ( )65. The passage mainly tells us __________. A. how to find happiness B. how to save happiness C. to do something good for others D. to value our beliefs or health ?. 完成句子。(共5个小题，每小题2分，计10分) 根据汉语完成句子，一空一词。 66. 我们知道昆明一年四季都很暖和。 We know the weather is warm _________ ________ round in Kunming. 67. 最后我们算出了那道数学题。 We _______ _______ the math problem in the end. 68. 孩子们，请随便吃水果。 Boys and girls, __________ ___________ to some fruit. 69. 明天下雨怎么办, _________ _________ it rains tomorrow? 70. 为什么不找她谈一谈呢, Why ________ ________ a talk with her? ?. 口语应用。(共5个小题，每小题1分，计5分) 在下面对话的空白处填入适当的单词，使对话的意思完整、通顺，每空限填一词 (含缩写词)。 (Mrs. Cook arrives home after shopping for food.) Walter: Mom, I can?t find my eraser. Mrs. Cook: Again? That?s the fourth (71) this month! Have you checked your pencil box? Walter: Yes, but it?s not there. Mrs. Cook: Did you look (72) in your room? Walter: Yes, I did. Mrs. Cook: How about the living room? Walter: It (73) be there. I was doing my homework in my room and didn?t even go into the living room. Mrs. Cook: Well, then, borrow one from your brother for now. I?ll (74) you find it after I put all the food in the refrigerator. Walter: OK. Mrs. Cook: Walter! Look what I?ve (75) . Walter: My eraser! Oh, I remember! I got some juice from the refrigerator, and...and.... Mrs. Gook: And put the eraser in the refrigerator. Walter: Well, I don?t remember that part. Mrs. Cook: Well, take it, and be more careful next time. ?. 选词填空。(共8个小题，每小题1分，计8分) 从下面方框中选出8个单词，用它们的适当形式填入短文空格内，使短文意思正确、 通顺。(每词限用一次) good, what, come, dress, important, parent, hold, nothing, how, necessary Now lots of parents will buy everything that their children want to have. If they go on with the habit, their children won?t know the money 76 from hard work. Some parents like to 77 birthday parties for their children. If they keep on doing this, their children will think it 78 for them to enjoy birthday parties every year. Year after year, maybe they will forget their 79 birthdays and only remember their own. It is against traditional habits. Many parents don?t let the children do housework. They think children have only one thing to do. They should study hard and do 80 in their lessons. If parents go on doing this, the children will only learn to open their mouths to be fed and stretch out (伸出) their arms to be 81 every day. When the children grow up, they will be able to do 82 , and they won?t even find a job. Parents should teach the children 83 to do housework because it can help them start good habits of working by themselves. 76. __________ 77. __________ 78. __________ 79. ___________ 80. __________ 81. __________ 82. ___________ 83. ___________ ?. 书面表达。(共1题，计12分) 为配合我市“礼仪宜宾(Charm Yibin)”活动的开展，某学校开展以“How to behave well,”为主题的英语作文比赛，请你以一名初中学生的身份写一篇60--80词的短文参赛。 内容包括:1. 守时，不说脏话;2. 礼貌待人，热心助人;3. 遵守交通规则，不乱扔垃 圾;4. …… 注意:1.文中不能出现校名和自己的姓名;2. 内容可适当扩展。 How to behave well? ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 2010年四川省宜宾市中考英语试题参考答案或听力材料 1. A 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. A 6. C 7. B 8. B 9. C 10. A 11. B 12. A 13. C 14. B 15. A 16. C 17. B 18. A 19. B 20. C 21. D 22. A 23. B 24. C 25. C 26. C 27. B 28. C 29. A 30. D 31. D 32. D 33. C 34. B 35. A 36. B 37. C 38. A 39. D 40. B 41. D 42. A 43. B 44. A 45. C 46. T 47. F 48. F 49. T 50. T 51. D 52. A 53. C 54. B 55. D 56. B 57. C 58. A 59. B 60. D 61. D 62. A 63. C 64. B 65. A 66. all year 67. worked out 68. help yourselves 69. What if 70. not have 71. time 72. around 73. couldn't/can't 74. help 75. found 76. comes 77. hold 78. necessary 79. parents' 80. well 81. dressed 82. nothing 83. how One possible version How to behave well? As a student in Yibin, we should behave well. First, I think it's very important to do everything on time and keep promises. Never lie to others or say dirty words. Next we should be polite to others and ready to help people in need. Then we'd better not talk loudly in public. Don't throw litter or spit about. And remember to obey traffic rules. Finally，learn to work with others. We need good team work in our life. 听力录音材料 I. 听力测试 A. 情景反应。 本题共有7个小题，从下列各题A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳答语。(每小题念两 遍) 1. How are you, Mike? 2. What's the date today? 3. Happy birthday to you. 4. I'm sorry to be late, sir. 5. Could I use your telephone? 6. What can I do for you? 7. Mum, this is Mr. Li. B. 对话理解。 . 本题共有8个小题，请根据你所听到的对话及问题，从下列各题A、B、C三个选项中选 出一个最佳答案。(每小题念三遍) 8. MjTina, what rules do you have at the school? W: Well，we're not allowed to use mobile phones. Q: What can't be used at Tina's school? 9. W:David, could you give my dictionary back? M:Sure. Rosa, I'm gorry to have kept it so long. Who lent the dictionary? Q: 10. M: Susan, did you use to be afraid of snakes? W : No，I was afraid of cats. Q: What did Susan use to be afraid of , 11. M: Where did you go last summer holiday? W : I went to some beautiful places. What about you? M : I only stayed at home and did my homework. Q: What are they talking about? 12. W: Little boy, how long have you been like this? M:Oh, since eight o'clock yesterday evening. I think I've got a bad cold. QWhen did the boy fall ill? :%13. WDo you miss your mother, Tom? : MOf course. I send her ail e-mail once a week. I ring her up once a month. : Q: How often does Tom ring his mother up? 14. M:Darling, now it's 8:30. It'll take us one hour to arrive at the airport. WOK, let's hurry. : Q: What time will they arrive at the airport? 15. W: Hello, can I help you? M:I want a bowl of beef noodles and a glass of orange, please. W: Wait a moment, please. Q: Where may the conversation take place? C. 短文理解。 请根据你所听到的短文,从下列各题A、B、c三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。(短文念三 遍) Before I was twelve years old, my family lived in the mountains. Our house was far from my school. It took me one hour to walk to school every morning. It was a happy time for me, because I could meet friends on the way，and we would go to school together. There were just six classes in my school, and only about twenty students in each class. We spent most of our time playing; the mountains were our playground. I still remember the different kinds of flowers, the songs of different birds, and the colors of trees in different seasons一everything was so interesting and beautiful. Even now I still miss my life in the mountains. 2010年四川省达州市中考英语试题 本试卷分为第?卷(选择题)和第?卷(非选择题)两部分。第?卷1至8页，第?卷9至10页。考试时间100分钟，满分100分。 第?卷(选择题，共79分) 第一部分 听力(共两节，满分20分) 第一节 (本题共5小题。每小题1分，计5分) 听下面五段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的,、B、C三幅图片中选出最佳选项,并将答题卡上对应题号的答案标号涂黑。每段对话读两遍。 1. Which is the man?s favorite animal ? A. B. C. 2. What did Walter do yesterday? A. B. C. 3. What will people use in this city in ten years ? A. B. C. 4. Where does Mary want to go this summer vacation? A. B. C. 5. What is Lucy going to be when she grows up? A. B. C. 第二节 (本题共15小题。每小题1分，计15分) 听下面5段对话或短文，每段对话或短文后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三 个选项中选出最佳选项,并将答题卡上对应题号的答案标号涂黑。每段对话或短文读三遍。 听第6段材料，回答6-7题。 6. When will Jack go to the movies? A. Tonight. B. Tomorrow. C. Tomorrow night. 7. What will happen if Ellen goes? A. Her sister will go with her. B. She won?t finish the housework. C. She won?t finish her homework. 听第7段材料，回答8-10题。 8. What would the girl do if she saw a big bicycle accident? A. She would run away. B. She would call the police. C. She would help the people who can?t see . 9. Which country would the girl fly to first if she could fly anywhere in the world? A. England. B. Japan. C. Canada. 10. What famous person from history would the girl most like to meet? A. Zhou Enlai. B. Confucius. C. Mao Zedong. 听第8段材料，回答11-13题。 11. How does the woman feel after the long trip? A. Very tired . B. OK. C. Quite sleepy. 12. How long will it take them to get home? A. A few minutes. B. About an hour . C. About two hours. 13. Where may the conversation happen? A. At the train station. B. At the airport. C. At the bus stop. 听第9段材料，回答14-16题。 14. What are they talking about? A. How to go to school. B. How to protect the environment. C. How to recycle waste paper. 15. How many ways did they talk about? A. Two. B. Three. C. Four. 16. Which of the following is the last way? A. Saving money. B. Riding a bike. C. Using paper or cloth bags instead of plastic ones. 听第10段材料，回答17-20题。 17. How soon will Mary be with her parents? A. In a week. B. In a month. C. In a minute. 18. Where is Mary now? A. In France. B. In England. C. In America. 19. When will Mary arrive in Paris? A. On Thursday . B. On Wednesday . C. On Friday. 20. Why does Mary ask her parents to meet her at the station? A. Because she has been ill. B. Because she will take a lot of things. C. Because she has no money . 第二部分 基础知识运用(共两节，满分25分) 第一节 单项选择(共10小题。每小题1分，计10分) 从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案。 21. —Must I finish my homework right now? —No, you . A. needn?t B. may not C. mustn?t D. can?t 22. When we got to Yushu airport , we were told that they more than 500 people from the ruins(废墟) by earthquake. A. has saved B. saved C. had saved D. have saved 23. —Would you like to drink? —Yes, I? d like a cup of coffee. A. something else B. else something C. anything else D. else anything 24. Why not an English club to practice English? A. to join; to speak B. join; speaking C. join; to speak D. to join; speaking 25. This kind of paper soft. A. feels B. tastes C. smells D. sounds 26.—Your watch is so beautiful. It must be expensive. —Not at all. I only ,20 on it. A. cost B. spent C. paid D. took 27. trees have been planted near here, so the air is very fresh. A. Two hundreds B. Hundred of C. Hundreds of D. Hundreds 28. My father has a computer, but he doesn?t know to use it. A. what B. how C. who D. which 29. I don?t know if Jack . If he , call me, please. A. will come; will comes B. comes; come C. comes; will come D. will come; comes 30.—I did badly in my English exam. — . A. Congratulations B. That?s great C. I?m sorry to hear that D. Well done 第二节 完形填空(共15小题。每小题1分，计15分) 先通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从后面各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选 出可以填入相应空白处的最佳答案。 (A) It is very 31 for us to stay in good health. We must have good eating and sleeping habits in life. Eating more fruit and vegetables 32 good for us .We are supposed to 33 at least 8 hours a day and take part in the healthy activities as 34 as possible, for example, climbing mountains, running in the morning or swimming. It is necessary to keep 35 and get on well with the people around us. 31. A. important B. unnecessary C. impossible D. importance 32. A. are B. am C. be D. is 33. A. asleep B. sleepy C. sleep D. slept 34. A. much B. many C. little D. few 35. A. happiness B. unhappy C. happy D. happily (B) Life in 30 years will be 36 because many changes will take place, but what will the changes be? The population is growing fast. There will be 37 people in the world and most of them will live longer than before. Computers will be 38 smaller and more useful, and there will be at least one in every home. And computer studies will be one of the important 39 in school. People will work fewer hours than they are doing now, and they will have more free time for sports, watching TV and traveling. Traveling will be much cheaper and 40 . And many more people will go to other countries 41 holidays. There will be changes in our food, too. More land will be used for 42 new towns and houses. Then there will be less 43 for cows and sheep, so meat will be more expensive. Maybe people won?t eat it every day, they will eat more vegetables and fruit instead. Maybe people will be healthier. Work in the future will be different, too. Dangerous and hard work will 44 by robots. Because of this, many people will not have 45 to do. This will be a problem. 36. A. same B. difference C. different D. difficulty 37. A. little and little B. less and less C. many and many D. more and more 38. A. much B. many C. more D. most 39. A. subject B. subjects C. way D. games 40. A. easily B. more easily C. easy D. easier 41. A. for B. with C. at D. in 42. A. build B. building C. to build D. builds 43. A. rooms B. room C. spaces D. sea 44. A. done B. do C. be done D. be did 45. A. works enough B. enough works C. work enough D. enough work 第三部分 阅读理解(共15小题。每小题2分，满分30分) 阅读下面的短文，根据短文内容，从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳答 案。 (A) The Water World Swimming Pool is open every day from eight o?clock in the morning until half past seven in the evening. It costs two dollars sixty to enter the pool. There is a special cheap price for students with a student card. The price is one dollar forty. But you must bring your student card with you. On Wednesday morning the pool is only open to mothers and babies. So mothers can enjoy themselves in the water with their babies. Please leave your older children at home on Wednesday morning. ndThe new Water World Café will be open up on June 22. From the café you can watch the swimmers or enjoy a drink after you swim. Please call 2105369 for more information. We look forward to seeing you at the Water World Swimming Pool. 46. How long is the Water World Swimming Pool open every day? A. Eleven hours. B. Seven hours. C. Eleven and a half hours. D. Seven and a half hours. 47. What is the price for students with a student card to enter the pool? A. Two dollars. B. One dollar forty. C. Two dollars sixty. D. One dollar. 48. A ten-year-old boy can?t go to the Water World Swimming Pool . A. on Saturday B. on Sunday C. on Wednesday afternoon D. on Wednesday morning 49. From the café you can watch the swimmers or enjoy a drink after you swim ___________. stnd A. on May 21 B. on May 22 rdst C. on June 23 D. on June 21 50. This passage is a(n) . A. advertisement B. note C. story D. slogan (B) A recent report from Dazhou Daily says about 18% of Dazhou teenagers can have problems with their minds(内心，精神). Some students become worried because they have to study very hard. Others have trouble getting on well with people like their parents and classmates. Zhang Qiang, a Junior 2 student from Dazhou, could not understand his teachers in class and was doing badly in his lessons. He was afraid of exams. When he looked at the exam paper, he couldn?t think of anything to write. Another student, a 15-year-old girl called Wu Yan from Guang?an often argued with her classmates even her parents because of some different ideas. She became so annoyed about them that she started to cut her finger with a knife. However, many students who have problems won?t go for advice or help. Some think they will look stupid(愚蠢的) if they go to see a doctor. Others don?t want to talk about their secrets. In order to solve the teenagers? problems, here is some advice : ?Talk to your parents or teachers often. ?Take part in group activities and play sports. ?Go to see a doctor if you feel unhappy or unwell. 51. It is reported that students in Dazhou can have problems with their minds. A. most B. many C. some D. all the 52.From the passage we know teenagers have problems with their minds because of . A. their study B. getting on with other people C. their hobbies D. A and B. 53. Wu Yan started to cut her finger with a knife because . A. she couldn?t get on well with her classmates and even her parents B. she could not understand her teachers in class C. she was afraid of exams D. she had no money for a new shirt 54. Why don?t the students who have problems want to go for help ? A. Because they think no one will help them. B. Because they don?t want to talk about their secrets and they think it?s stupid to see a doctor. C. Because they think they can solve the problems by themselves. D. Because they think the doctors could do nothing with their problems. 55. How many pieces of advice are given to the teenagers who have problems in this passage? A. Two. B. Three. C. Four. D. Five. (C) Zhao Tao, a student from No.2 Middle School, has just come back from Shanghai. This morning, he told us something about his pleasant trip .When he talked about the Shanghai World Expo (上海世博会), he was so excited and so proud that he kept telling about it for several hours. The Shanghai World Expo held by China has been on for more than one month .It started on May 1st,and will end on October 31st,2010. Its main idea is “Better City, Better Life.” About 242 countries and organizations are attending(参加) this expo. Many new products can be seen here, such as we can see the snow in the South Korea Corporate Pavilion(展馆) every day during this hot summer though it seldom snows in Shanghai. And we can see, hear, touch and smell the 4-D films at the Oil Pavilion. How wonderful all these new products are! China Pavilion is in the center of the expo garden. It is very beautiful. It represents the development of China from ancient time to now . It?s a pride of our China! Thousands of people from all over the world are coming to the expo every day. And many volunteers are working for them. All the tourists are very pleased and they say that the Shanghai World Expo is the greatest one in the world so far. However, Zhao said，“The expo garden is now so crowded . If you want to visit it, you?d better go there during the summer vacation.” 56. The main idea of the Shanghai World Expo is “ ” A. Better City, Better Life. B. How to Protect the Environment. C. No War in the World. D. No Earthquake. 57. In which pavilion can we see the snow during this hot summer? A. China Pavilion. B. the Oil Pavilion. C. the South Korea Corporate Pavilion. D. I don?t know. 58. So far, how long has the Shanghai World Expo been on ? A. For 20 days. B. For a month. C. For four weeks. D. For about 50 days. 59. How many countries and organizations are attending the Shanghai World Expo? A. 150. B. Less than 180. C. 242. D. 220 60. Which of the following is NOT talked about in this passage? A. Zhao Tao is a middle school student. B. China?s new products are excellent. C. The volunteers are working very hard. D. The expo garden is now very crowded . 第四部分 口语应用(共4小题。每小题1分，满分4分) 从对话后的方框中选择适当的选项补全对话。 M: You look unhappy. 61 W: Oh… my clothes are out of style. I don?t look cool. M: Well, maybe you should buy some new clothes. W: Yes, but I don?t have enough money. M: Huh. 62 W: I can?t, because my parents want me to stay at home every night. I argued with them about it. M: Well, you shouldn?t argue with your parents. 63 W: And guess what else is wrong? M: What? W: 64 A. My brother plays his CDs too loud! I can?t go to sleep. B. You should talk about your problems. C. Maybe you could get a part-time job in the evenings. D. What?s wrong? 第?卷(非选择题, 共21分) 第五部分 写(共三节，满分21分) 第一节 任务型阅读(共5小题。每小题1分，计5分) (65)Da Shan, a Canadian, is perhaps China?s most famous foreigner. He speaks Chinese well. He was born in 1965. He(66)started to learn Chinese when he studied at Toronto University. In order to remember more Chinese words, (67) wrote ,he, them ,often , on, cards, down , small . But he would only memorize words he met with while reading, listening or talking in the following two weeks. “There?s no use learning words that don?t appear often,”he said. “And the best way to learn a foreign language is to keep using it and understand the culture behind it, Or you?ll forget everything quickly.” Da Shan says it is important to get into the language environment. (68)与中国朋友交 谈has helped him learn not only the words, but also the country and its people. 任务1:请将(65)处的句子翻译成汉语。 65. 任务2:请用适当的词替换(66)处的单词。 66. 任务3:将(67)的单词组合成一个完整的句子。 67. 任务4:将(68)处的短语译成英语。 68. 任务5:请回答下面的问题。 69.What does Da Shan think is the best way to learn a foreign language? 第二节 短文填空(共6小题。每小题1分，计6分) 根据短文内容和首字母的提示，把所缺单词填写在短文后面的横线上。 Many students often c 70 about school. They might feel they have too m 71 work to do sometimes, or think the rules are too s 72 . We must learn how to change these “problems” into “challenges”. Education is an important part of our d 73 . As young adults, it is our d 74 to try our best to deal with each challenge in our education with the h 75 of our teachers. 70. c 71. m 72. s 73. d 74. d 75. h 第三节 书面表达(满分10分) 76.网络正逐渐走进我们的生活，而其利弊也都不同程度地显现了出来。请以Advantages and Disadvantages of the Internet 为题，写一篇80字左右的短文。 提示:可以从read news, e-mail, chat, study, play games, see the pictures or films even the unhealthy ones等方面加以评论。 要求:1. 要有表明自己观点的句子。 2. 书写工整，句式规范，条理清楚，标点符号使用正确。 3. 短文中应包括提示内容，可适当发挥，但不能出现真实的人名、地名。 2010年四川省达州市中考英语试题参考答案或听力材料 1. A 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. B 6. A 7. C 8. B 9. C 10. A 11. B 12. C 13. B 14. B 15. C 16. C 17. A 18. B 19. C 20. B 21. A 22. C 23. A 24. B 25. A 26. B 27. C 28. B 29. D 30. C 31. A 32. D 33. C 34. B 35. C 36. C 37. D 38. A 39. B 40. D 41. A 42. B 43. B 44. C 45. D 46. C 47. B 48. D 49. C 50. A 51. C 52. D 53. A 54. B 55. B 56. A 57. C 58. D 59. C 60. B 61. D 62. C 63. B 64. A 65. 大山，加拿大人，或许是在中国最有名的外国人。 66. began 67. he often wrote them down on small cards. 68. Chatting/Talking with Chinese friends 69. He thinks that the best way to learn a foreign language is to keep using it and understand the culture behind it. 70. complain 71. much 72. strict 73. development 74. duty 75. help One possible version Advantages and Disadvantages of the Internet Internet is now coming into our life. It brings us not only a lot of convenience, happiness but also troubles. Some students use Internet as a tool to study. They look up the meanings of the words, a translated form of a sentence, the background of an event or a story, the information of a company or a famous person, etc. They also read news or send e-mails through it. Internet help them learn more and study well On the other hand, some students play games, chat with friends, see the pictures or films even the unhealthy ones on the Internet the whole day. They are not interested in their subjects. It's very dangerous for them! The Internet's advantages and disadvantages are shown clearly to us. I think we should stay away from the unhealthy websites and make good use of it 昕力录音材料 第一节(共5小题。每小题1分，计5分) 听下面五段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三幅图片中选出最佳 选项。每段对话读两遍。 1. W:Tom? What animals do you like? M:I love many animals like elephants and penguins, but I like pandas best. Did you watch TV yesterday morning, Walter? 2. W: M:No，I didn't. I went to buy some food for lunch. 3. M: Will people use bikes or buses in this city in ten years? W : Neither. They will use cars. 4. M: Have you ever been to Shanghai，Mary? WNo, never. But I want to go there this summer vacation. : 5. M: What are you going to be when you grow up, Lucy? W: I want to be a singer. ， 第二节(共15小题。每小题1分，计15分) 听下面5段对话或短文，每段对话或短文后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选 项中选出最佳选项。每段对话或短文读三遍。 听第6段材料，回答6,7题。 M: Hello! W:Hello! This is Ellen! M: This is Jack. Would you like to go to the movies with me? WWhen is it? : M: Tonight. W: I'd love to, but I can't If I go, I won't finish my homework. 听第7段材料，回答8至10题。 M: I'm doing a survey. Can I ask you some questions? WSure. : M: What would you do if you saw a big bicycle accident? W: I would call the police. M: What would you do if you could be a famous doctor? WI would help the people who can't see. : M: What would you do if you could fly anywhere in the world? WMm. That's hard. There're lots of places I'd like to see. I'd go to Canada first : M:GoocL One more question. What famous person from history would you most like to meet? W I would most like to meet Zhou Enlai. : MGood answer. That's all my questions. : 听第8段材料，回答11至13题。 M: Hi, grandma. It's so good to see you again. W:Nice to see you, Jack. M: How is your flight? WFine. It took me about ten hours to get here. : M:That's a long trip. You must be very tired W:I，m OK. I slept all the way. M: Let's go home. Our car is waiting outside. W : How long will it take to get home? M: About two hours if the traffic is good. 听第9段材料，回答14至16题。 Hi, Joy. Would you like to help protect the environment? M: WI don't know. What can I do? : MWell, first, you can start by turning off the lights. : W: Yes. That's easy. What's next? M:Second, you can ride a bike. Don't take a bus or a taxi if you don't have to. W: That will save money, too. What else? MTry to recycle paper. : WMm, newspapers, magazines. . . We get a lot of paper at home. Good idea. : M: And the last way is using paper or cloth bags instead of plastic ones. WOK. My parents do most of the shopping. I'll tell them. : 听第10段材料，回答17至20题。 Dear mother and father, I feel very happy that in a week I'll be with you again on holiday. I have enjoyed my days in England very much. Mr. King and my classmates are all kind to me，but as people say in England, "There is no place like home. ” And I think one feels this much at Christmas time. I'm leaving here early on Thursday morning and arriving in Paris at about lunch time the next day. Please meet me at the station, as I'm taking a lot of things. Yours， Mary 2010年四川省攀枝花市中考英语试题 (满分120分，考试时间120分钟) 第I卷(选择题共90分) 第一部分听力测试(20小题，共20分) 第一节(共5小题;每小题1分,满分5分) 听句子，选出与所听句子内容一致的图片。每个句子念一遍。 第二节(共5小题;每小题1分，满分5分) 听句子，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳答语。每个句子读两遍。 6. A. Thank you. B. You are welcome. C. Forget it. 7. A. Very interesting. B. Sure I did. C. Yes, I like it. 8. A. Thanks a lot. B. Here you are. C. I'd like to. 9. A. I'm sorry I'm late. B. Don't be late next time. C. My taxi broke down halfway. 10. A. Neither have I. B. No, I didn't see it. C. No, I haven't seen it. 第三节(共5小题;每小题1分，满分5分) 听对话，选,正确的答案。对话和问题读两遍。 11. A. In a hospital. B. In a shop. C. In a library. 12. A. English. B. Chinese. C. Science. 13. A. Next Sunday. B. Next Saturday. C. Next Thursday. 14. A. 100 yuan. B. 2,000 yuan. C. 1，000 yuan. 15. A. Because there was something wrong with her. B. Because there was something wrong with me. C. Because there was something wrong with her car. 第四节(共5小题;每小题1分，满分5分) 听短文，选择正确答案。短文读两遍。 16. Where are Jim and Kate now? A. In America. B. In England. C. In Australia. 17. How long have they been in that country? A. For one year. B. For two years. C. For three years. 18. How many languages can Jim and Kate speak? A. Three. B. Four. C. Five. 19. Which country are the Greens going to return to? A. England. B. Japan. C. America. 20. Why are Jim and Kate very happy? A. Because they won't have to move any more. B. Because they will go to another new country. C. Because they can see their friends all over the world. 第二部分英语基础知识运用。(共两节，满分30分) 第一节单项选择。(共15小题;每小题1分，满分15分) 从各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入相应空白处的最佳选项。 21. France is European country, India is Asian country. A. a; the B. the; an C. a; an D. an; an 22. —Would you please carry the heavy box for me? — . A. With pleasure B. It's a pleasure C. Have a good time D. Not at all 23. It's said that more than 100 will attend this meeting in Shanghai. A. man teachers B. woman teachers C. men teachers D. womans teachers 24. Usually he writes in ink and writes his left hand. A. on B. in C. by D. with 25. He didn't tell me . A. where he bought the new computer B. where did he buy the new computer C. where he buys the new computer D. where does he buy the new computer 26. Dr. Green says that these children may find hard to think for themselves when they are older. A. that B. it C. one D. them 27. —Look～ The lights in the teachers' office are still oa Is Mr. Li working? —No. It be Mr. Li: I saw him leave just now. A. may not B. mustn't C. can't D. needn't 28. Sixteen-year-olds Shouldn't be allowed to get their ears . A. to pierce B. pierced C. piercing D. pierce 29. Shanghai is one of the two cities. A. the larger B. larger C. the largest D. largest 30. —I don't know if Dr. White to the party next week. —I think he will come if he free. A. comes; will be B. will come; will be C. comes; is D. will come; is 31. Students should do everything they can their study. A. improve B. to improve C. improving D. improved 32. Mary with her sisters Chinese in China. A. are studying B. have studied C. is studying D. study 33. —David has made great progress recently. — , and . A. So he has; so have you B. So he has; so you have C. So has he; so you have D. So has he; so have you 34. Would you mind closing the window to stop the wind the papers away. A. blow B. from blowing C. to blow D. of blowing 35. Let's go somewhere interesting to relax ourselves, , A. do we B. don't we C. will you D. shall we 第二节完形填空。(共15小题;每小题1分，满分15分) 先通读下面两段短文，读懂大意,然后从后面各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选择可 以填入相应空白处的最佳选项。 A Once a Frenchman 36 in England. He didn't know English very well. One day he went to the post office with a postcard He bought a 37 . Then he gave the stamp and the postcard to the girl 38 the desk. "Oh, no，” the girl said, “ you must stick(贴)the stamp on yourself. ” He was very 39 , He couldn't believe his ears. "Why must I stick the stamp on 40 ,” he asked. “〇h，” said the girl, “I mean that you must stick the stamp on the postcard. And you must do it yourself. " 36. A. live B. lives C. living D. lived 37. A. postcard B. stamp C. envelope D. paper 38. A. in B. on C. at D. under 39. A. surprised B. well C. tired D. happy 40. A. yourselfB. myself C. herself D. himself B A teenage girl couldn't stand(忍受)her family rules, so she left home. She wanted to be a star and became famous. But she had a little education and 41 years later, she had to ask for food on the street for a living. Now her father has died. Her mother is an old woman. But she is still 42 her daughter. She has been to every corner of the city. Everywhere she goes, she 43 a big photo of her daughter on the wall. At the lower part of the photo she writes, "I still love you . . . Come back home!” One day, the daughter saw one of the photos. She was so surprised that she couldn't believe her 44 . “Is that me?” She moved 45 and read the words, “I still love you. . . ” she cried. She couldn't wait 46 back home. When she got home, it was early morning. She pushed the door. The door opened itself. She rushed to the bedroom at once. Her mother was sleeping there. She 47 her mother up, "It's me! Your daughter is back home!” The mother and daughter looked at each other with excitement， full of happy tears. The daughter asked, “ 48 is the door unlocked? A thief could get ia ” The mother answered softly, “The door has never locked 49 you left. We miss you all the time. We believe that you'll come back some day. ” As everyone knows，parents love their children forever. Children should also understand their parents and share their happiness, sadness, even everything with their parents. 50 this way, both parents and children can be happy. 41. A. a little B. a few C. much D. many 42. A. looking for B. looking after C. looking at D. looking up 43. A. sets on B. puts up C. cuts up D. makes up 44. A. eyes B. ears C. nose D. head 45. A. farther B. further C. closer D. away 46. A. going B. go C. to gone D. to go 47. A. wake B. wakes C. woke D. waking 48. A. what B. who C. when D. why 49. A. since B. for C. before D. unless 50. A. with B. in C. by D. on 第三部分阅读理解。(共20小题;每小题2分，满分40分) 阅读下面的文章和表格，从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。 A APPLICATION FOR EMPLOYMENT (求职申请) Name Harry Smith Address 4224 Maple Avenue Oakland, California Telephone number 555 — 1660 Work Experience Company Ames Bookstore Greenfield High School Position Book seller English teacher Work I did Sold books Taught English 1997—1999 Dates I worked 2000—2009 Yearly pay $ 10,400 $ 27，500 Reason for leaving Got a job teaching in Massachusetts Got a job in California 51. What did Harry Smith do in 2001? A. An English teacher. B. A book seller. C. A secretary. D. A gatekeeper. 52. If you want to know more about Harry Smith, you can call . A. 4224-1660 B. 555—1666 C. 4224—1666 DT555-1660 53. Where did Harry Smith work in 2009? A. In New York. B. In California. C. In Massachusetts. D. In Washington D. C. 54. In 2002，the yearly pay Harry Smith got from his work was . A. $20,800 B $ 10,400 C. $ 27,500 D. $55,000 55. Harry Smith left Ames Bookstore to work in in Massachusetts. A. a high school B. a bookstore C. a factory D. a company B What would you do if a stranger gave you some medicine and said it would keep you slim or help you do well in exams? Would you take it? Students at Shenzhen Luohu Foreign Language Middle School have learned to keep themselves safe by saying "no". In fact, what those strangers want to give them are drugs(毒品). Drugs are dangerous to your health～ "Because teens don't know much about drugs, they might want to try them，” said Zhang Dongsheng，the director of Shenzhen Drug Control Office. Now，many schools arrange (安排)courses or organize some activities to help students know about drugs. Liang, 16, was a good student before trying drugs. One day, some old friends told him it would be fua After taking drugs only qnce，he found it very hard to stop. Liang began to spend all his time and money on drugs. Soon, he stopped going to school and started stealing(偷窃). In the end, he was put in prison. In China, taking drugs is becoming a big problem for teens. According to a survey, about one million people in China were using illegal(违法)drugs last year, and 72% of them were young people. Worse still, there are about 10，000 drug users under 16 now. Zhang has some good advice on staying clean. He said，"Drugs are dangerous. Never try them, even if you're curious ～ It is the most important for you to keep safe and healthy. " 56. Which statement is right about drugs? A. Drugs do harm to your health. B. Drugs help you do well in exams. C. Drugs keep you slim and lovely. D. Drugs make you stay well. 57. According to this passage，many schools arrange courses or some activities to now. A. know more about cigarettes B. relax C. know about drugs D. learn some Chinese culture 58. Teens want to try drugs because . A. they are 18 years old B. they are curious about drugs C. they have enough money D. they know about the harm of drugs 59. From Liang's story, we can know that it is not to give up drugs even if one tries only once. A. easy B. hard C. foolish D. possible 60- What does the phrase staying clean here mean? A. Being clean and tidy. B. Keeping clothes clean. C. Wearing clean clothes. D. Staying away from drugs. C When I was seven years old, my family made me an ant farm. First, we put clean sand in a thin glass box. Then we waited for the ants to arrive. After the ants were in the glass farm, they started to make tunnels(地道). I was amazed that each one knew exactly what to do. Each had its own job. On the fifth day a tragedy(悲剧)happened. I put my face so close to the glass farm that I knocked it over. All the tunnels fell down. Although the ants remained alive after their earthquake, one by one they began to die. I was scared as I watched them give up building their tunnels to carry the bodies to a corner of the farm. My mother said that the ants were dying of sadness. They simply could not stand that their tunnels were gone. Although much time has passed, I still think of that ant farm. Mom had hoped it would teach me about the natural world, but it taught me much more. Over the years, I came to realize the importance of teamwork. Working together, the ants were able to make an amazing world for themselves. I also learned that they should be admired (钦佩)for their hard work. But there was an even larger lesson that I did not realize until recently: Adversity(逆境)is a natural part of life, and must be accepted. Unlike the ants, we cannot give up when we are sad. We have to realize that if a tunnel is gone，we must build another. Giving up, I say，is not a good choice. 61. What did the writer's family do for him when he was seven? A. They built a farm of ants. B. They bought a few ants. C. They caught a lot of ants. D. They found an ant city. 62. Which statement is WRONG according to the passage? A. The writer knocked the glass box over because he put his face so close to the glass farm B. The ants didn't die one by one after the tunnels were destroyed. C. Like people, teamwork is very important for the ants. D. Giving up isn't a good way when we meet trouble. 63. Among the following events, which one happened first? A. All the tunnels fell down. B. The ants died one by one. C. The ants got into the glass box. D. The ants began making tunnels. 64. What did the writer learn from the ant tragedy a few years later? A. Working together is useless. B. Teamwork is important. C. He can't accept adversity. D. Working alone is amazing. 65. What is the best title for the passage? A. Ants Fear Adversity B. My Family and Ants C. Giving Up in Adversity D. Don't give up anytime D Who hasn't enjoyed eating peanuts? Did you know that although peanuts look like nuts and taste like nuts，they aren't nuts at all? They belong to the pea family, so they are called peanuts. The peanut grows flowers above ground, but its “fruit” grows underground. It grows in more countries than most other “nuts". The peanut is a native South American plant. Scientists believe that it grew wild in Brazil long ago. They think that for several thousand years the early peoples of South America made it a part of their diet. These peoples were nomads who moved on when a natural food could no longer be found in one area. Along the way they probably let fall some peanuts，which got into the ground and grew. This is believed to be the way the plant reached the place where the Incas (印加人)lived. The Incas， from about 1100 to 1532，thought highly of peanuts. The peanuts were eaten in several forms and used as sacrificial offerings(祭品)to the Incan Sun God. Later in the 16th century, European soldiers had brought peanuts to other parts of the world, including North America，Africa, Asia, Europe, and Pacific Islands. Although peanuts were found native in South America, they are now grown in almost every country that has warm weather. India produces the most peanuts. China's production is next, followed by the United States. The peanut is special in more ways than one. It can be eaten raw, boiled, roasted，or fried. Hundreds of widely different products have been made from it. Carver，an American scientist， set himself the task of discovering new uses for eating and for many other products. Peanuts are very highly mutritious and are also high in protein (蛋白质). Americans use about seven-tenths of their protein in the form of meat. In India, where the poor can't pay for meat or milk, peanut meal and peanut milk have been produced. These have been a great help to the poor. New products are continually being made from peanuts, among them peanut cheese and a powder that becomes peanut butter when water is added. The fact is that peanuts are so healthy that they were used by astronauts. The unusual nut that isn't a nut is one of nature's most amazing gifts. 66. Although we like eating peanuts, many of us don't know peanuts belong to family. A. the pea B. the nut C. both the pea and the nut D. neither the pea nor the nut 67. Which paragraph(段落)mainly talks about the history of the peanut? A. Paragraph Four. B. Paragraph Three. C. Paragraph Two. D. Paragraph One. 68. What does the underlined word nutritious mean? A. Helpful for staying healthy. B. Helpful to the poor. C. Delicious and tasty. D. Rich in fat and oil. 69. Which of the following is TRUE according to the article? A. Nomads always stayed in the same place. B. The peanut was first found in South America. C. Astronauts ate lots of peanuts to keep healthy. D. China grows fewer peanuts than the US. 70. What is the purpose of the article? A. To show that peanuts belong to the pea family. B. To advise us to use more peanut products. C. To tell us some new uses of peanuts. D. To let us know more about peanuts. 第II卷(非选择题共30分) 第四部分写。(共30分) 一、用所给单词的适当形式填空。(共6小题;每小题1分，满分6分) 1. December is the (twelve) month of a year. 2. As we all know, the silk dress feels (soft). 3. She said to the twins, "Help (you) to some fruit. " 4. You should do your homework as (careful) as your sister. 5. The foreign teacher gave us some (advice) on how to learn English. 6 . (teach) high school students in a poor mountain village may not sound like fun to you. 二、用方框内所给句子，完成对话。注意有一项多余。注意. . 请将选项前的字母代号填在 题后横线上。(共6小题;每小题1分,满分6分) A: Jim, you said you would not stay out late after school, didn't you? B: 1 . A:But it's 10 o'clock now. 2 . B: Sorry. I've been to the hospital. A: What? 3 . BNo. I sent Jack to the hospital. : A: 4 What was wrong with him? B: He had a terrible headache on the way home. A; 5 . B:Yes，he is. A:Good for you，my dear! I'm very glad you can help others. B: 6 . A What should I do? B. Thank you, mom. C. Where have you been? D. Is he better now? E. Oh, really? F. Were you sick? G. Yes, mom，I did. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. . 三、短文填空。(共8小题;每小题1分，满分8分) 根据文章大意和首字母提示，填写单词，使短文通顺、完整。每空限填一词，并将完整的 单词写在文章后的答题线上。 At 8:30 in the morning, the body of a man was found. Someone murdered(谋杀)him. A small (1) k was found near the body. Maybe the murder used that knife. The police doctor said, "The man (2) d about eight hours ago. " So the murder had possibly happened between midnight (3)a one o'clock. The police questioned three mea They didn't tell the three men about the murder. The first man said he had been at home the whole evening and was (4)r magazines, (5) t he went to bed early. The (6) s man told the police that he had spent the evening with some of his friends. They had been to cinema together. He got home at about 11 o'clock. The third man said he didn't know (7) a about the murder. He also said he didn't have a knife. Of course the police (8) e found out who the murder was. (1) (2) (3) (4) . (5) (6) (7) (8) . 四、书面表达。(共1小题,满分10分) 某市今年举办主题为“把希望带给贫困孩子”的活动。现在请你以学生会的名义写一份倡 议书，内容要点如下(括号中的词汇可供参考): 1. 许多贫困家庭无力负担孩子去上学;(afford) 2. 孩子们没有足够的钱去买学习用品和衣物;(school things and clothes) 3. 每个孩子都应该有上学的权利;(have the right to do something) 4. 我们应该尽最大的努力去帮助他们，比如„„;(try one's best to do something) 5. 让我们一起给贫困孩子创造一个更美好的未来。(work together) 注意:1. 文章开头、结尾巳给出，但不计入总词数; 2. 词数80左右。 Dear students, In some parts of our country, there are many children out of school. Thanks for your joining ～ Students' Union 2010年四川省攀枝花市中考英语试题参考答案或听力材料 1. C 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. C 7. A 8. B 9. C 10. A 11. B 12. C 13. A 14. C 15. C 16. C 17. B 18. B 19. A 20. A 21. C 22. A 23. C 24. D 25. A 26. B 27. C 28. B 29. A 30. D 31. B 32. C 33. A 34. B 35. D 36. D 37. B 38. C 39. A 40. B 41. B 42. A 43. B 44. A 45. C 46. D 47. C 48. D 49. A 50. B 51. A 52. D 53. B 54. C 55. A 56. A 57. C 58. B 59. A 60. D 61. A 62. B 63. C 64. B 65. D 66. A 67. C 68. A 69. B 70. D 1. twelfth 2. soft 3. yourselves 4. carefully 5. advice 6. Teaching/To teach l. G 2. C 3. F 4. E 5. D 6. B 1. knife 2. died 3. and 4. reading 5. then 6. second 7. anything 8. exactly/easily One possible version. Dear students, In some parts of our country, there are many children out of school. Because their family can't afford to send them to school. At the same time，children don't have enough money to buy school things and clothes. In my opinion, each child should have the right to go to school, but there are few chances for them. So we should try our best to do something to help them, just like giving them school things, clothes and so on. We believe if we work together, we can make a better future for them. Thanks for your joining! Students' Union 2010年四川省遂宁市中考英语试题 (满分150分，考试时间120分钟) 第I卷(共三部分，满分100分) 第一部分听力(共三节，满分30分) 第一节(共5小题;每小题1. 5分，满分7. 5分) 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三幅图中，选出一个 与你所听到的内容相符合的选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。每段对话读两遍。 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 第二节(共5小题;每小题1. 5分，满分7. 5分) 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳 选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。每段对话读两遍。 6. What is the film most famous for? A. Its sound. B. Its music. C. Its picture. 7. How does the man probably go home from his new school? A. Walk home. B. Ride a bike. C. Take a bus. 8. When did Mozart write His first opera? A. At the age of 8. B. At the age of 12. C. At the age of 17. 9. How do the speakers study for their test? A. By reading aloud. B. By playing games. C. By asking and answering questions. 10. What is the man's son's hobby? A. Gardening. B. Collecting fans(扇子). C. Cooking. 第三节(共10小题;每小题1. 5分,满分15分) 听下面3段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选 项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。每段对话或独白读两遍。 听下面一段材料，回答第11?13题。 11. What is probably the man? A. A neighbor. B. A stranger. C. A policeman. 12. What happened to the woman? A. The woman got a tiger. B. The woman lost her cat. C. The woman caught a thief. 13. What can we learn about the woman's cat? A. It has a name. B. It's big and brown. C. It has big ears and eyes. 听下面一段材料，回答第14?16题。 14. What does the man think of Beijing? A. It is older and more historical than Shanghai. B. It is more exciting and historical than Hong Kong. C. It is more interesting and exciting than Shanghai. 15. How many people went on the trip to China with the man? A. 4. B. 3. C. 2. 16. Why didn't Ben enjoy his trip? A. Because he was badly ill. B. Because he complained too much. C. Because he didn't like to travel. 听下面一段材料,回答第17?20题。 17. What is the speaker going to do this weekend? A. Visit his friends. B. Go to the cinema. C. Take photos. 18. What kind of films does Lee like? A. Beijing Opera B. Comedies. C. Romantic(浪漫的)films. 19. Who decided to see the Adventures of Tom Sawyer? A. Ben. B. John. C. The speaker. 20. How do the speaker and his friends choose which movie to see? A. They take turns to choose a movie to see. B. They quarrel(争吵)to decide a movie to see. C. They ask their teachers for advice. 第二部分英语知识运用(共两节，满分30分) 第一节语法和词汇知识(共15小题;每小题1分，满分15分) 从A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 21. —Will you be able to finish your report today? — . A. I'd like it B. I hope so C. Me too 22. I know you don't like listening to music very much. But how about music in the film we saw yesterday? A. /; / B. the; the C. /; the 23. Teachers always ask the school kids with strangers on their way home. A. not talk B. not to talk C. no talking 24. Public health is one of the important questions they have to think about. A. most B. more C. / 25. We hope as many people as possible join us for the picnic tomorrow. A. need B. must C. can 26. Look at the clock. Hurry up! Flight 4206 at 18:20. A. takes off B. took off C. takes on 27. — have you been skating? —For four hours. A. How soon B. How many times C. How long 28. We missed the last bus and didn't have enough money for taxi， we had to walk home. A. because B. for C. so 29. I thought she was famous, but none of my friends have ever her. A. heard B. heard of C. heard from 30. After the earthquake (地震)，the injured (受伤的)people to the hospitals in the neighboring cities. A. were sent B. was sent C. sent 31. I can't remember they will plant trees on Sunday or not. A. if B. whether C. that 32. Our country, the People's Republic of China, celebrated (庆祝)its birthday on October 1 st, 2009. A. sixty B. sixties C. sixtieth 33. — there any good news in today's newspaper? —No. But there some funny stories worth reading. A. Are; are B. Is; are C. Is; is 34. —How are you getting on with your parents? — . They are my friends as well. A. Very good B. Very well C. Very bad 35. 一When did Tom come to your art class? —He here for weeks. A. came B. has come C. has been 第二节完形填空(共15小题;每小题1分,满分IS分) 阅读下列短文，掌握其大意，然后从36?50各题所给的三个或四个选项中，选出最佳选 项。 A William Shakespeare was one of the world's greatest writers. He lived in England 36 1564 to 1616. Shakespeare is famous for his 37 and poems. His plays are all about love and feelings. Some, like Julius Caesar, are about history. 38 ， like Romeo and Juliet，are about love and romance. The plays are very interesting, and the writing is beautiful. Sometimes it's 39 to understand them. English today is very different from what it 40 400 years ago. Also, people in the plays often speak like they're in a poem. There are many movies about Shakespeare's plays. If you don't have the chance to see a live play(现场演出)，you can 41 one of the movies. 36. A. in B. from C. since 37. A. novels B. music C. plays 38. A. Another B. The other C. Others 39. A. hard B. easy C. fun 40. A. was B. is C. be 41. A. make B. enjoy C. write B Emilio lost his wallet at a restaurant. He 42 it everywhere, but he couldn't find it The waiter didn't have it， 43 . Emilio went home. He was very angry. "Somebody 44 my wallet,"he told his wife. "Are you sure?” she asked. “ 45 you just lost it. ” “I don't think so. You can't believe anybody in the world. ” Just then, Emilio's 46 rang. “Hello?"he said in a(n) 47 voice. "Good evening. Is that Emilio Santos?" "Yes, it is. Who 48 ,” "This is Pablo speaking. I found your wallet at a restaurant. ” The next day, Emilio met Pablo at a coffee shop. Pablo 49 the wallet. Everything was still inside. Emilio thanked Pablo for being so 50 . 42. A. looked for B. looked at C. looked up D. looked out 43. A. too B. either C. neither D. also 44. A. took B. robbed C. stole D. hid 45. A. Hardly B. Maybe C. Nearly D. Surely 46. A. doorbell B. clock C. phone D. recorder 47. A. pleasantB. mad C. sad D. angry 48. A. is there B. are you C. is who D. is that 49. A. gave B. offered C. returned D. showed 50. A. bright B. useful C. wise D. honest 40分) 第三部分阅读理解(共20小题;每小题2分，满分 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的几个选项中，选出最佳选项或判断所给句子的正误。 A 阅读短文，判断下列各题所给句子的正误，正确的画A，错误的画B。 Do you know everything that you do leaves a “carbon footprint^碳足迹)”, For example, when you travel in a taxi, the car gives off (排放)carbon dioxide (CO2) into the air. Carbon dioxide is a greenhouse gas(温室气体). Greenhouse gases make the Earth become warm. To protect our environment, we need to leave less of a “carbon footprint". How big is your carbon footprint? To get an idea，take a look at the following numbers. Living areas . TV sets and DVD players produce 723 kg of C0 a year. 2 . If you turn them off when you're not using them,you can cut that number by 108 kg. Laundry room(洗衣房) Drying clothes in a dryer produces a lot of CO2 : . If you use your dryer five times a week，you produce 185 kg of CO2 a year. . Dry your clothes in the sun instead. Bathroom . If you take an eight-minute shower every day, you produce 616 kg of CO2 a year. . If you only use six minutes to take a shower, you can cut that number by 154 kg a year. 51. Greenhouse gases have a bad effect on the earth temperature. 52. The more ot CO2 we produce, the better environment we have. 53. It's a good idea to make use of sun energy instead of electricity. 54. An 8-minute shower produces the same amount of CO2 as a 6 -minute shower does. 55. Small things in our daily life can make a lot of difference to the environment. B Widely known as China's “father of space technology” and “king of rockets," Qian Xuesen died on October 31，2009，at the age of 98. Qian Xuesen was born in Shanghai in 1911. He graduated in 1934 from Shanghai Jiaotong University. The same year, he traveled to the US to study. He received his Doctor's Degrees(博 士学位)in both math and space science in the US. After he graduated, Qian began to work for the US Army. He was very smart and rose quickly. By 1945, he was already writing reports on the latest military(军事 的)developments for the government (政府). In 1955，Qian decided to return to China with his wife and two children and work for his motherland, although his road home was not smooth. His return brought China the hope of developing its space science. Qian was in charge of(负责)the research and development of China's missile(导 弹)， rockets and spacecraft He often spent days and even months at the testing grounds. He shared his knowledge with his partners. With the scientists' efforts, China becomes one of few countries in the world to have nuclear (原子核的)and space technology. Qian has made great contributions(贡献)to the country. "I'll do my best to help our nation to live with dignity(尊严)and happiness，” Qian told reporters before heading for China. And he kept his promise. 56. What does the passage mainly talk about? A. Qian Xuesen's life story. B. Qian Xuesen's education in the US. C. Qian Xuesen，s working experience in China. 57. How many years did Qian Xuesen study and work in America? A. Less than ten years. B. More than ten years. C. Only 5 years. 58. The underlined word "rose" can be best replaced(代替)by . A. became successful B. became popular C. became proud 59. Why did Qian return to China? A. Because he was promised to be well paid. R Because he hoped to live with his family. C. Because he loved his country and wanted to work for his motherland. 60. Which of the following statements is TRUE about Qian? A. He graduated from Shanghai Jiaotong University in 1945. B. He got two doctor's degrees both in math and medicine. C. He played a very important role in China's development of space technology. C One day, I happened to meet an Englishman in the street and soon we began to talk. As I was talking about how I was studying English, the foreigner seemed to be very surprised, gently shaking his head and saying "You don't say!” I was confused(_惑的)，and I thought,"Perhaps this is not a right thing to talk about ” Then I said to him, "Well, shall we talk about the Great Wall? Have you ever been there?” "Certainly! Everyone back home will laugh at me if I leave here without seeing it. The Great Wall is wonderful ～ ""Yes, it is one of the wonders in the world. And people of many countries have come to visit it. ” As I went on telling him more about it, he stopped me again,"You don't say!” I couldn't help asking,"Why couldn't I talk about it?" "Well, I didn't stop you talking about it，” he answered, greatly surprised. "Didn't you say ' You don't say!'” I asked again. Hearing this, the foreigner laughed loudly. He began to explain, ‘“ You don't say， means „Really，. Perhaps you know little about English idioms(惯用语). ” Wow! How foolish I was! Since then I have been careful with English idioms. 61. What made the foreigner laugh loudly? A. English idioms. B. The writer's question. C. Their talking about the Great Wall. D. The writer's way of learning English 62. Where does the story most probably happen? A. In China. B. In America. C. In England. D. In Japan. 63. The English idiom "You don't say!” means . A. OK B. Really C. Thank you D. Excuse me 64. What does the writer learn from his own experience? A. He should improve his spoken English. B. He should speak with foreigners in a polite way. C. He should be more careful with English idioms. D. He should be brave enough talking with foreigners. 65. The story tells us between languages in different countries. A. the difference B. the popularity C. the grammar rule D. the change D “Everything begins with the Expo. ” The World Expo is the third largest word event after the Olympics and the FIFA World Cup. The first Expo, also called "The Great Exhibition”，was held in 1851 in Londoix Countries build pavilions(展馆)at the Expo, showing off technologies and cultures with colorful exhibitions(展览)and performances. People can experience the most advanced (先进的)technologies at the World Expo. Throughout history, many new inventions have made their debuts at the World Expo，including the bicycle, telephone, television, even the ice cream cone(蛋 筒冰激凌)，hamburgers and hot dogs. But the Expo is not just a trade fair. It's a place for cultural exchange, bringing people closer to the rest of the world. For example, at the Shanghai Expo，couples may be able to marry in French style weddings at the French Pavilion. Thailand will let visitors walk into its emperor's palace. Visitors to the Austria Pavilion will have the chance to experience the snow-capped mountains of the country. Many countries have also decided to bring their national treasures(珍宝)at the event. You will see Denmark(丹麦)，s Little Mermaid, paintings by Van Gogh and Paul Cezanne from France. Since the 1933 Expo in Chicago, the World Expo began to have a theme. The theme of the Shanghai Expo is "Better city, better life”. It will call on the world to solve(解决)the problems human beings face as a result of urbanization(城市化). In the future, more and more people may care about protecting the places they live in 66. According to the passage, what is probably the first world largest event? A. The Olympics. B. The FIFA World Cup. C. The World Expo. D. The World Trade fair. 67. The underlined word "debuts” means in Chinese. A. 获得利润 B. 批量生产 C. 初次展出 D. 受到追捧 68. Which of the following inventions is NOT mentioned at the World Expo according to the passage? A. TV. B. Bicycle. C. Sandwich. D. Hot dogs. 69. Which, of the if olio wing is connected with(与 有联系)Denmark? A. Emperor's palace. B. Snow-capped mountains. C. The theme of the Shanghai Expo. D. The Little Mermaid. 70. What can we learn from the passage? A. The 1933 Expo was held in London. B. The Shanghai Expo is the first one to have a theme. C. The World Expo has a history of over two hundred years. D. The Shanghai Expo will solve problems on how to live a better city life. 第I卷(满分50分) 第四部分写作(共四节,满分50分) 第一节词汇(共10小题;每小题1分，满分10分) A)根据下面每句句意、汉语提示及英语解释,在句子右边的横线上写出空白处所缺单词以正 确形式;每空一词。 71. Australia is famous for its (绵羊). 71. . 72. 1 had a bad cold. I felt (欲睡的)all day. 72. . 73. In class the teacher speaks (慢慢地)so that we can always hear clearly. 73. . 74. He (go from one place to another) to London and joined a theatre company. 74. . 75. Go to the Expo park, and you will see a (very big; very large) red building-the China pavilion. 75. . B)读下面一段短文，用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空，并将正确答案填入短文后的横线 上。 Once a mouse sat on the back of an elephant by accident The elephant was going on a trip with heavy bags on 76 (he) back. The mouse felt important when he sat so high on the elephant's back. In the evening，while he 77 (have) a rest, the mouse jumped down from the elephant's back and said to him，“See，I have got down. You must feel 78 (relax). ” The elephant smiled and 79 (reply)， “Thank you. But I do not feel a big difference. You are too small, my friend. "Some people think they are important. But in fact, in other people's eyes, they aren't 80 (special) at all 76. 77. 78. 79. 80. . 第二节完成句子(共10小题;满分15分) A)按每小题后的要求转换If面的句子;每空一词。(每小题1分;满分5分) 81. He is going to write an e-mail to his friend tomorrow. (改为否定句) He to write an e-mail to his friend tomorrow. 82. My home is two kilometers away from the supermarket. (对画线部分提问) is your home from the supermarket? 83. My uncle bought me a new bike. (改为同义句) My uncle a new bike me. 84. They fly to different places for their holiday. (改为同义句) They go to different places for their holiday . 85. Work hard, and you'll get high scores. (改为同义句) work hard，you'll get high scores. B)根据下列句子的汉语意思和英文提示，完成句子;每空一词。(每小题2分;满分10分) 86. 上学期_堂弟花费太多时间玩电脑游戏。 My cousin too much time computer games last term. 87. 最近几个月以来，许多人对电视剧《三国》感兴趣。 Many people are the TV show of the Three Kingdoms in recent months. 88. 我们期待着上海迪士尼乐园的建成。 We are “ forward the new Disneyland in Shanghai. 89. 一些意大利球迷甚至会放弃工作为他们的国家赢得2010年世界杯助威。 Some Italian fans will even their jobs to see their country win the 2010 World Cup. 90. 我们应尽一切努力保护濒危动物。 We should do what we can to protect all animals . 第三节补全对话(共5小题;每小题2分，满分10分) 根据下面的对话内容，从对话前的选项中选出最佳选项填入对话后的横线上。选项中有一项为多余选项。 A. Is she still going to school? B. She's on holiday now. C. Come in, please. D. Is it expensive? E. She isn't working today. F. Not this year. A: May I come in? B: 91 . A: Hello, Kate. Where is Jane? I want her to type this letter for me. B:I'm afraid she can't, Tom. 92 . A:Is she ill? BNo, She is studying for an exam. : A: An exam? 93 . B: Yes, she is. She's learning Chinese at a night school. A: I see. Are you going to night school，too? BNo, I'm not. 94 But I'm thinking about taking a course next year. : A:That's a good idea. 95 . BNo, not very. Anyway, it's worth the money. : 91. 92. 93. 94. 95. . 第四节书面表达(满分15分) 暑期即将来临，不少同学打算参观2010年上海世博会(the Shanghai World Expo)。请你根据以下提供的参观要求，用英语写一篇短文，谈谈在游览期间应注意 的礼仪，并就这些礼仪要求简单表达你的看法及理由。 1. 排队等候，不大声喧哗，不攀爬展品. ， 2. 在展馆观看表演时，勿使用手机、不吃食物、不吸烟; 3. 就餐后，不在餐厅长时间停留、带走垃圾; 4. 一些展馆会赠送礼品，应记得说“谢谢”。 注意:1. 词数:80词左右，开头已为你写好，不计入总词数; 2. 覆盖所有要点;可适当发挥、增加细节，使行文连贯。 3. 参考词汇:排队等候wait in line;展品exhibit;展馆pavilion; 垃圾 rubbish;餐厅 cafeteria Millions of people around the world will come to the Shanghai World Expo. Good manners (礼貌)are expected during the visit. 2010年四川省遂宁市中考英语试题参考答案或听力材料 1. C 2. A 3. A 4. C 5. B 6. B 7. A 8. B 9. C 10. B 11. C 12. B 13. A 14. A 15. C 16. B 17. B 18. C 19. C 20. A 21. B 22. C 23. B 24. A 25. C 26. A 27. C 28. C 29. B 30. A 31. B 32. C 33. B 34. B 35. C 36. B 37. C 38. C 39. A 40. A 41. B 42. A 43. B 44. C 45. B 46. C 47. D 48. D 49. C 50. D 51. A 52. B 53. A 54. B 55. A 56. A 57. B 58. A 59. C 60. C 61. B 62. A 63. B 64. C 65. A 66. A 67. C 68. C 69. D 70. D 71. sheep 72. sleepy 73. slowly 74. moved 75. huge 76. his 77. was having 78. relaxed 79. replied 80. special 81. isn't; going 82. How; far 83. bought; for 84. by; plane/air 85. If/Once; you 86. spent; playing 87. interested; in 88. looking; to 89. give; up 90. in; danger 91. C 92. E 93. A 94. F 95. D One possible version Millions of people around the world will come to the Shanghai Expo. Good manners (礼貌)are expected during tl visit. First, don't jump the queue. You should be patient wait in line. It's a bad thing to shout in public places and climb on the exhibits. Besides ; there is one thing importan no smoking in pavilions. And during shows, it is not allow( to eat anything or use your phones. Also, the cafeterias rru be very busy, so it's better not to stay too long after finishir the meal. And don't forget to take the rubbish away at the same time. What's more, please say "thank you" when yc are given gifts by some pavilions. I think people who visit the Shanghai World Expo shou: be careful with the rules. It can help the Expo go smoothly. 2010年四川省凉山州中考英语试题 (满分150分，考试时间120分钟) A卷(选择题共四部分满分120分) 第一部分听力(共两节，满分25分) 第一节(共5小题;每小题2分,满分10分) 听下面五段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，请从题中所给的A、B、C三副图片中选出最佳选项。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话-问题均读两遍。 1. Where does Steve's father work? 2. What is the time now? 3. What does the woman want to do? 4. How much will the bov oav tor the sen? 5. What's wrong with the woman's daughter? 第二节(共15小题;每小题1分，满分15分) 听下面五段对话或独白，每段对话或独白后有几个小题，请从题中所给的A、B、C三个 选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前，你都有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟; 听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白均读两遍。 听第一段材料，完成6至8小 题。 6. Where are the man and woman talking? A. At home. B. In the restaurant. C. In the store. 7. What should the woman do first? A. Set the table. B. Put the fruits. C. Put some drinks. 8. How many bottles of beer did the man drink? A. One bottle. B. Two bottles. C. Three bottles. 听第二段材料,完成9至11小题。 9. The nearest hospital is . A. at the second turning B. near the bank C. far from the supermarket 10. It takes to go to the hospital on foot. A. about 30 minutes B. about an hour C. about one and a half hours 11. The woman wants to get to the hospital as soon as possible because . A. she is ill B. she likes to take a taxi C. her baby is ill 听第三段材料，完成12至14小题。 12. In which country were they before they came to Sydney? A. France. B. Australia. C. England. 13. Why didn't they do much for the first day? A. Because they were too tired. B. Because two of them didn't feel well. C. Because they didn't know where to go. 14. How did they like the trip in Sydney? A. Fantastic. B. Not bad. C. Boring. 听第四段材料,完成15至17小题。 15. Who do you think the speaker is? A. A nurse. B. A teacher. C. A bus driver. 16. The bus will start . A. at 7:00 B. at 12:00 C. at 7:10 17. Is there any other flower show larger than the one of June 19th this year? A. Yes，there is. B. No, there isn't. C. It's the largest one. 听第五段材料,完成18至20小题。 18. The man buys his wife a gift for . A. the Spring Festival B. her birthday C. her friend's party 19. He buys at last. A. an evening dress B. a pair of pants C. a lovely hat 20. The shop is in . A. Chengdu B. Beijing C. Shanghai 第二部分基础知识运用(共两节，满分47分) 第一节单项选择(共17小题;每小题1分，满分17分) 从各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选择可以填入相应空白处的最佳选项。 21. Now boys and girls, turn to Page and look at the picture in Lesson Three. A. Fortieth, forty B. Forty, fortieth C. Fourty, fourtieth 22. 一You must lots of difficulties if you want to make your dreams come true. ——That's true. I will work hard every day. A. get over B. get off C. get out 23 . the afternoon August 30th, 2009, an earthquake hit Huili badly. Many houses fell down. A. In, of B. On, of C. On, on 24. —Nick! Kate! Could you please clean the sitting-room? —Sorry, Mum. Both Kate and I ready for tomorrow's picnic now. A. am getting B. getting C. are getting 25. —Look at the rain! —Yes, it's raining so . A. heavily, heavy B. heavily, heavily C. heavy, heavily 26. —I like the dress ～ What's your idea? ——The dress is still pretty on you, it is out of style. A. and B. or C. though 27. —A talk on Chinese history in our school hall next week. Would you like to go with me? 一I'd love to, but I have to take care of my mother. She is badly ill. A. is given B. will give C. will be given 28. —Whose violin is this? —It Mona. She is learning to play the violin. A. can't belong to B. must belong to C. must be 29. —This is useful book，I think. —Yes, more and more students think book is good for them to learn Chinese. A. a，the B. an, the C. a, an 30. —Was anyone late for the meeting? —Everyone except Tom and John there when the meeting began. A. is B. was C. were 31. — kind girl Nancy is! —Yes，she is always ready to help others. A. What B. What a C. How 32. —Erin, my mother asked you if come to my home this weekend. —Thanks. I'll go if I . A. you would, am free B. would you, will be free C. you will, was free 33. —I don't think it very expensive to buy a personal computer here. —Really? I'll buy next week. A. it B. this C. one 34. —What do you think of Beijing, Mr. Black? —Oh, I such a beautiful city before. A. don't visit B. didn't visit C. haven't visited 35. —Would you like to have some tea or coffee? 一 ，thank you. I've just had enough drink. A. Either B. Neither C. Both 36. Which of the following signs means "You must keep quiet”, 37. 一Hello～ May I speak to Tony, please? —Certainly. A. Hold on, please. B. The line is busy. C. I'd love to. 第二节完形填空(共15小题;每小题2分,满分30分) 先通读下面短文，读懂大意，然后从后面各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选择可以填入 相应空白处的最佳选项。 A I can't remember when I started collecting litter. But it was when I got tired of 38 litter nearby and realized that no one else was going to pick it up. I live near a forest in Sichuan. I can walk there in three minutes. I 39 going there to play with my dog. But one day there was so much litter there that I became very unhappy. I decided I had to clean up the forest. I wanted to 40 happy going there again. I made my first trip to clean up the forest that afternoon. I took a big black rubbish bag 41 me. Ten minutes after starting to pick up litter, I found my bag was full. It had cans, 42 , broken glass and newspapers in it. From then on, I 43 to the forest four times a year to pick up litter. I'm often there for three hours. However, it makes me feel 44 to do something for the environment After each trip, I look at all the litter that I've found. If any of it can be used again, I keep it I 45 understand why people drop litter. But I will never stop picking it up 46 they stop dropping it. I know I am only doing a small bit 47 the earth, but I still think it is important. 38. A. seeing B. cleaning C. dropping 39. A. was used to love B. used to loveC. used to loving 40. A. make B. feel C. find 41. A with B. to C. for 42. A. juice box B. white rubbishes C. bottles 43. A. go B. have gone C. went 44. A. tired B. great C. interesting 45. A. can't B. mustn't C. needn't 46. A. when B. after C. until 47. A. help B. to help C. helping B "An apple a day makes the doctor away. ” Apples are healthy food Almost everyone likes to eat apples. Apple trees grow in nearly 48 part of the world. The USA produces more apples than any other country except France. The states of Washington and New York grow 49 apples of alL New York is on the east coast and Washington is on the west coast near Canada. Apples are red, yellow and green. Apples are very popular in the United States. Many people like to take apples to their workplaces or schools to eat with their lunches. Most American people are often 50 busy to cook meals，so they often have their lunches very simply. Apple 51 is also a popular drink and apple pie is the favorite food of many Americans. The state of Washington is proud of its apples. The trees there produce nearly five thousand 52 apples every year. . . one apple for every man, woman and child in the whole world. 48. A. some B. every C. whole 49. A. many B. more C. the most 50. A. too B. so C. very 51. A. juice B. pizza C. pie 52. A. millions B. million C. millions of 第三部分阅读理解(共20小题;每小题2分，满分40分) 阅读下面的文章或表格，从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。 A Deep under the sea, colorful fish swim among strange plants in the clear water. In the deepest part, the mer-people(鱼人)live. The mer-king's palace opens and closes gently with the waves. Now the mer-king has six beautiful daughters but the youngest mermaid(美人鱼)is the loveliest. "When you are fifteen，” her grandmother said，“you may swim to the top of the sea and see the wonderful things there yourself. ” She waited for her fifteenth birthday. At last the day arrived, she combed her long golden hair, put her arms together and swam through the waves. When she lifted her head above the water, she saw a big sailing ship. She noticed sailors lighting pretty lanterns (灯笼)along the deck (甲板). The mermaid swam quickly to the window of the captain's room and when the waves lilted her up, she looked inside. There were many line gentlemen but the finest of all was a prince (王子). He was laughing and shaking hands with everyone while soft music was being played. She had never seen anyone like him before. She could not keep her eyes away from him. Suddenly the sky darkened and the ship started to roll(翻滚). The waves grew mountains. The ship was plunged (陷)into the stormy sea. It started to sink. At first the mermaid felt happy for now the prince would sink to her father's palace. "But humans can't live under the sea. ” She remembered. “I must save his life. ” And she swam to the prince. His eyes were closed, he was dying. Quickly, the mermaid took him above the water. Then she rested on a huge wave and let it carry her and the prince safely away from the wrecked(失事的)ship. 53. The mermaid was not allowed to swim to the top of the sea until . A. she was fifteen B. she saw a big sailing ship C. she dressed up 54. Before the huge wind came, the prince and many gentlemen were . A. on the deck of the ship B. at the prince's palace C. in the captain's room of the ship 55. The mer-king's palace is opened and closed gently with . A. the colorful fish B. the strange plants C. the waves 56. The ship started to sink because . A. it was dark B. the waves grew mountains C. the mermaid hoped so 57. Which of the following is NOT right? A. The little mermaid loved the prince as soon as she saw the prince. B. The ship wrecked and the prince sank to the mer-king's palace. C. The mermaid took the prince above the water and saved his life at last. B AROUND XICHANG is a special program in English on XCTV-1 . It s about the city and lasts for 8 minutes, You can watch the program at 20 : 27 every Sunday and -watch it again at 7 : 30 and 15 : 35 on Monday. Tel : 8109566 Add : 139 North Ring Road，XICHANG XICHANG WEEKLY is to help foreigners understand more about the city. It's a nevus edition (US thM) in English in XICHANG. It usually appears on the 48 edition of the city's most popular newspaper CIIYEXPRESS every Thursday. 8105699 Add:218 Hangtian Road, XICHANG Tel: IN TOUCH is an English language magazine. Read the pages and inside you'll find passages on history，art，music，sports，travel and food of Sichuan. At the end o f every month you can get the magazine in hotels, restaurants，bookshops and cafes all around Sichuan -without paying. Tel : 8243611 8243103 Add : 5 Wenhui Road，XICHANG 58. AROUND XICHANG can be watched a week. A. three times B. twice C. once 59. At the end of every month, you can get IN TOUCH in all around Sichuan without paying. A. hotels, bookshops and offices B. cafes, schools and hotels C. restaurants, hotels and cafes 60. If you want to get some information of music or travel, you can find something in . A. XICHANG WEEKLY B. IN TOUCH C. AROUND XICHANG 61. If a foreign friend wants to get some news about Xichang, he can call . A. 8243611 B. 8105699 C. 8109566 62. This passage is perhaps . A. an advertisement B. a story C. a joke C Almost every day, we discuss the topic of health, especially for kids. But what is health? “Health"means eating well, getting enough exercise and having a healthy weight. Let's read the following rules. They can help you stay healthy. 1. Eat a variety of food, especially fruits and vegetables. We all know that eating fruits and vegetables can help us stay healthy, but many of us only eat our favorite food. Remember that we can only get a nutrition(营养)we need by eating different kinds of food. 2. Drink water and milk most often. Everyone knows that water is important. Besides that，kids need plenty of calcium(钙) to grow strong bones, and milk has a lot of it. Every day, you should drink at least three cups of milk, when you are 9 years old or older. You should also try to have less sugary drinks, like soda and cola. 3. Listen to your body. When you are eating, notice how your body feels. When your stomach feels comfortably full, stop eating. Eating too much makes you feel uncomfortable. If you do it too often, it can make you unhealthy and fat 4. Limit(限制)screen time. What's screen time? It's the amount(,总数)of time you spend watching TV, movies and playing computer games. The more time you spend on these sitting-down activities, the less time you spend playing sports, like basketball, and doing other activities like bike riding and swimming. Try to spend no more than 2 hours a day on screen. 63. According to the passage,"health" includes all of the following EXCEPT A. eating well B. doing more exercise C. wearing comfortably 64. The underlined phrase “a variety of” means in Chinese. A. 稀有的 B. 种各样的 C. 常见的 65. When your stomach feels comfortably full, . A. you should eat more fruits and vegetables B. you should eat and drink something with less sugar C. you should stop eating 66. As a kid, you should eat at least every day to grow strong bones. A. three cups of milk B. three cups of cola C. three cups of water 67. The best title for this passage is“ ". A. How to Eat Healthily B. Notes for Staying Healthy C. Eating and Playing Are feth Important D A famous teacher was speaking to the students at our schooL He began his lesson by holding up a ?100 bill. And Ke said to the students, "Who would like this ?100 bill?” The students began to put up their hands at once. Then he said,"I am going to give this ?100 to one of you, but first, let me do this. "He then made the bill into a ball and said loudly, "Who wants it now?" The hands went back into the air. "Well," he said,"What if I do this?"And he dropped it on the floor and stepped on it. He picked up the dirty, crumpled(弄皱的)bill and said,"Who still wants it?” The hands went into the air for a third time! "My friends，” he said, “you have learned a valuable lesson today. No matter what I did to the bill，you still wanted it because it did not go down in value(价值). It was still worth ?100!” Many times in our life, we are dropped, crumpled, and stepped on by the chances we take and the things that happen to us. We feel as if we are worth nothing. But remember，no matter what has happened to you, you will never lose your value: You are always valuable to those people who love you. Your value doesn't come from what you do or whom you know, but WHO YOU ARE. You are special and valuable. Don't ever forget itf 68. Even though it was dirty and crumpled, the bill . A. still went up in value B. was worth nothing C. didn't go down in value 69. No matter what has happened to us， . A. we shouldn't forget this teacher B. we still want to get the ?100 bill C. we will not lose dur value 70. Your value doesn't come from what you do but . A. who you know B. who you are C. who you remember 71. The sentence “The hands went back into the air” means “ ”. A. the students put up their hands again B. the students put down their hands C. the students put their hands behind their backs again 72. Why did the famous teacher use a ?100 bill at his lesson? A. Because he wanted to make the students know what value was. B. Because he used to drop a bill on the floor and stepped on it. C. Because he was going to give the bill to one of his students. 第四部分口语应用(共8小题;每小题1分，满分8分) 从对话后的选项中选择适当的选项补全对话。 A Vickers : V Emily : E V: Hello, Emily! 73 . EOh, hello, Vickers! I haven't seen you since you left our factory last month. : V: Yes, we haven't seen each other for a long time. Well, how is your family? E; 74 How about you? V:Quite well, thank you. E:Is it true that you've got a new job? V:Yes, 75 . EThen how do you like your new boss? : VOh, I wish she'd learn to smile more. : E: Really? 76 . V: Oh, she never enjoys a joke. She never laughs. It's hard even to get a smile out of her. A. I got it just a week ago. B. They're all very well, Vickers. C. Why? D. It's nice to see you. B A: How fine it is today～ 77 . BThat sounds like a good idea. Where do you plan to go? : A:Let，s go to the Little Hill. B: Shall we take the bus there? A: 78 It's not very far. BThat will be OK. I'll ride my new bike my father bought me for my birthday last month. : A: 79 . B: Let's ask Mary and Jack to go with us. They planned to go last Sunday but it rained. A:Good! I'm sure they will be happy to go. B: Have you got any ideas of what we are doing there? A; 80 BThat will be fun. : A. We d better go there by bike. B. How about going on a trip? C. Why not ask someone else to join us? D. We can do anvthiner we like. B卷(非选择题共一部分满分30分) 第五部分写(共三节，满分30分) 第一节单词拼写(共5小题;每小题2分，满分10分) . 根据$语提示，用单词的正确形式填空。 81. Jimmy's father bought (他)a new toy yesterday. 82. What will happen in 100 (年)time? Nobody knows. 83. Teachers' Day is coming. It comes at the (开始)of the new school year. 84. My dear son, you'd better tell me the (真实)about what you have done. 85. I won't take part in June's birthday party (除非)I am invited. 第二节. 短文填空(共5空，每空2分，满分l0分) 根据短文内容和首字母的提示，把词完整地填写在短文后的横线上。 Long long ago, a young man made his living by m (86) tofu. One day, his tofu was not sold out. In order to keep the tofu fresh, he cut it intop (87) and mixed some flavors (香料)in. Then he put them into a crock(妃罐). Several days 1 (88)，he opened the crock and found that the s (89) was terrible. ?ut he tasted a little. To his surprise, the taste was nice. An idea came into his mindmaybe the smelly (臭的) tofu would be a kind of special food. As expected, the smelly tofu b (90) popular with local(地方的)people, soon it was well-known all over the whole natioa Now smelly tofu is the most special food in Hunan. And it is recommended (推荐)to all the people around the world. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90. . 第三节书面表达(满分10分) 请你根据下面提供的信息用英语为西昌写一篇题为Welcome to Sunny Xichang的旅游宣传 材料。内容要点如下: 1. 西昌位于四川西南部。 2. 西昌冬暖夏凉，全年阳光明媚。 3. 景点及特点:美丽的螺髻山，满山鲜花。著名的泸山，树木覆盖。泸山脚下的邛海，湖 水碧蓝洁净。 4. 活动:邛海钓鱼、泛舟或骑车环海。 5. 交通便利，可乘汽车、火车、飞机到西昌。 要求词数:80个词左右。(开头、结尾已给出的句子不计入总词数) 2. 必?包_部要点及提示诃，语句通顺，书写规范。可适当使用描绘性语言示两昌魅力。 3. 提词:neither. . . nor, all year around, everywhere, be covered with,at the foot of, travel around, easy. 4. 文中不能透露出真实个人信息。 Welcome to Sunny Xichang The summer vacation is coming. Where would you like to go? Haven't you decided it? Come to Sunny Xichang ～ Xichang is a good place to visit. Visitors from many parts of the world come to visit it every year. Welcome to Xichang and wish you a good trip! 2010年四川省凉山州中考英语试题参考答案或听力材料 1. C 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. B 7. A 8. B 9. B 10. A 11. C 12. A 13. B 14. A 15. B 16. C 17. B 18. B 19. C 20. A 21. B 22. A . 23. B 24. C 25. C 26. C 27. C 28. B 29. A 30. B 31. B 32. A 33. C 34. C 35. B 36. B 37. A 38. A 39. B 40. B 41. A 42. C 43. A 44. B 45. A 46. C 47. B 48. B 49. C 50. A 51. A 52. B 53. A 54. C 55. C 56. B 57. B 58. A 59. C 60. B 61 B 62. A 63. C 64. B 65. G 66. A 67. B 68. C 69. C 70. B 71. A 72. A 73. D 74. B 75. A 76. C 77. B 78. A 79. C 80. D 81. him 82. years' 83. beginning 84. truth 85. unless 86. making 87. pieces 88. later 89. smell 90. became One possible version Welcome to Sunny Xichang The summer vacation is coming. Where would you like to go? Haven't you decided it? Come to Sunny Xichang ～ Xichang is in the southwest of Sichuan. It's neither too cold in winter nor too hot in summer and it's sunny all yea around. There're all kinds of trees and flowers everywhere oi the beautiful Luoji Mountain. The famous Lushan Mountain is covered with green trees. At the foot of Lushan, there's a big lake called Qionghai. There the water is clean and blue. It is interesting to go fishing and travel around it by boat or by bike. It's easy to travel to Xichang. You can come by bus, by train, or by plane. Xichang is a good place to visit. Visitors from many parts of the world come to visit it every year. Welcome to Xichang and wish you a good trip! 2010年四川省甘孜阿坝州中考英语试题 (满分150分，考试时间120分钟) A卷(满分100分) 第一部分语言知识运用(共两节;满分45分) 第一节单项选择(共20小题;每小题1. 5分，满分30分) 从A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。 1. ―What's that English, do you know? 一Football. A. in B. on C. at 2. 一Why are you late? —The bus broke down on the road. 一That's a bad you've told me twice. A. mistake B. excuse C. forgive 3. His home-made cookies look good but taste . A. sweet B. well C. terrible 4. —The windows are broken and need to be repaired. 一I think so. They can hardly the cold now. A. keep out B. give out C. put out 5. I will tell him the news he comes back. A. while B. as C. as soon as 6. The teacher told us that water at 0?C. A. is frozen B. frozen C. freezes 7. 一Who taught Mary French? —Nobody. She taught . A. herself B. hers C. her 8. —How do you like the book? — . A. Very kind B. Very interesting C. Very lucky 9. The old man next door was found in the living room. A. dead B. die C. death 10 . well you can drive, you must drive carefully. A. So long as B. In order that C. No matter how 11. May I know if there is going to a concert tonight? A. have B. be C. give 12. —Oh, I have lost my CD! 一 . Let's call the Lost-and-found first. A. Don't shout B. Don't worry C. Forget it 13. 一Did you have anyone fix your bike? —Yes, I had it just now. A. fix B. to be fixed C. fixed 14. 一Some more coffee? ——No, thanks. I be off for my work. A. can B. may C. must 15. —Mary, here's a dictionary. I hope it will help you. —Thanks a lot. It's what' I need. A. just B. nearly C. even 16. —Bob, how are you feeling today? —Much . I don't want to eat anything. A. better B. worse C. healthier 17. — do you live from your school? —It's ten minutes' walk. A. How long B. How far C. Where 18. We have only one earth. So it is everyone's to protect it. A. job B. idea C. duty 19. —Why didn't you open the door for me? 一Sorry. I TV and didn't hear the door bell. A. was watching B. am watching C. watched 20. —Let's go swimming after school～ — . Call me at any time. A. Wait a moment B. Sounds good C. That depends 第二节完形填空(共15小题;每小题1分，满分15分) 先通读下列短文，弄懂大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选择可以填入相应 空白处的最佳答案。 A My name is Susan. I'm a violinist and I work for 21 But I'm not going to tell you something about my work. I'm going to tell you about my 22 . In my free time, I train dogs. I really like my hobby. Training dogs is a lot of 23 . I train them to find and bring back lost things. One of the dogs likes to swim， 24 I teach him to get things from the water. I often take my dogs to 25 . One of my dogs won the same competition for four years. 21. A. a factory B. a hospital C. a band 22. A. hobby B. study C. family 23. A. experience B. fun C. trouble 24. A. when B. so C. because 25. A. competitions B. sports C. shows B I borrowed a camera from Tony last week. I 26 to meet him and returned the camera in the City Park at nine o'clock on Sunday morning. 27 on that day，I got up late. Although I set off as 28 as I could, I was still late. When I got on the bus, it was—29, ten past nine. I decided to 30 Tony and asked him to wait a few 31 minutes. However, I was surprised to find that I forgot to take my mobile phone. I had 32 it on the desk in my bedroom. I didn't know what to do. I knew Tony would be 33 ，but I was sure he would get over it. When I got to the park, Tony got mad at me. I said sorry and told him why I was late and why I didn't phone him Then he became 34 and said to me with a smile，“You are really 35 ” After that we had a good time in the park. 26. A. hoped B. was supposed C. liked 27. A. But B. And C. So 28. A. slowly B. carefully C. quickly 29. A. still B. already C. almost 30. A. call B. get C. touch 31. A. less B. more C. many 32. A. left B. taken C. kept 33. A. pleased B. sad C. angry 34. A. calm B. excited C. relaxed 35. A. slow B. careless C. kind 第二部分阅读理解(共20小题;满分35分) 第一节(共5小题;每小题1分，满分5分) 阅读下面短文，根据短文内容判断文后句子的正误。在正确的句子前填写T，错误的填写 F。 A The following is about how to be safe at school and in your everyday life. Always notice the environment around. When you walk alone outside, make sure where the public phones are. If anything dangerous happens，you can find them quickly. If you are followed by a stranger，cross the street and go in the other direction. Let the stranger know that you know he or she is there. Next, go and get help from others if it is necessary. Don't go home directly. You are safer on the street than you are in your home or an elevator. If you have to take a bus to a place far away, try to get to the stop a few minutes just before the buses leave. This prevents a stranger from studying you. On buses, do not sit alone ; sit behind the driver or with friends. Don't sleep. Don't play with matches or candles, because it may cause fire. If your house catches fire and you have to escape through smoke, move on your hands and knees with your head 30 to 60 centimeters above the floor. Please remember there is cleaner, cooler air near the floor during the fire. 36. It's important to know where the public phones are when walking alone outside. 37. When there's a stranger following you, you should go home as soon as possible. 38. The writer believes that a stranger may try to find out more about you if you arrive at the bus stop too late. 39. The right way to escape through smoke is to move along with your body close to the floor. 40. The best title for the passage is “How To Keep Safe". 第二节(共15小题;每小题2分，满分30分) 阅读下面的短文，从各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。 B A 38-year-old woman named Bora was sent to a medical treatment tent(医疗帐 蓬)soon after the earthquake(地震)in Yushu. The mother was scared by the quake and she failed to have contractions(收缩)，which was very dangerous to give birth to a baby. - The 45-year-old husband named Chado was invited into the tent to calm down his wife. Eighteen minutes later, the voice of a baby was heard by the crowd waiting outside the tent. "I'm so happy. Thank you, doctors," said Chado with a big smile. “It is really good to see they are both safe. I was so nervous,"a doctor said, who did the operation for the woma民. "It must be the first life that came to the world after the quake，” said a doctor named Huang Changmei. "The baby brought hope to the ruined(被毁坏的)place. " 41. How did the woman feel when she was sent to the medical treatment tent? A. She was very excited. B. She was very afraid. C. She was very happy. 42. From the passage we can know when she gives birth to a baby. A. the mother must be very healthy B. the mother must be with her husband C. the mother must have contractions 43. It took the woman about to give birth to the baby. A. 20 minutes | B. half an hour C. an hour 44. Which of the following statements is true? A. The doctor was even more nervous than the woman. B. Many people were waiting for the baby to be born. C. The operation was very successful, though failed at first. 45. What does the birth of the baby mean according to Huang Changmei? A. Life is expected to go on in Yushu after the quake. B. Now doctors are much better at doing operations. C. More babies will be born after the earthquake. C Well, suppose you have a ticket for an exciting film which you want to see very much, but unluckily, you have to study for a test tomorrow. What will you do? See the film or get ready for the test? If you can give up seeing the film and work hard at your lessons，we say you have self-control. Self-control is not something you have with your birth. It needs to be developed in your life. Sometimes you are attracted by one of the stories that is not good for reading. You shouldn't waste your time reading such a kind of books，or you will feel sorry later. . Don't go to bed late because of a nice TV program, or you will go to school late. You should not stay in bed too late on cold winter mornings，because it is a waste of time. Everyone of us has some habits. A few of them might stop us from making progress in life. So we use self-control. 46. Which of the following is true according to the writer? A. Seeing an exciting film is more important than working for a test. B. Working for a test is more important than seeing an exciting film. C. Seeing an exciting film is just as important as working for a test. 47. People develop self-control . A. from their parents B. in their life and study C. by studying for a test 48. If you have self-control, you're likely . A. to be a success B. to lose a lot of pleasure C. to be a failure 49. In the last paragraph, the writer tells us we must use self-control . A. when you stay late in bed B. when you watch a nice program C. when you have some bad habits 50. “Self-control” probably means . A. the ability to behave wisely B. the interest in making progress C. the idea of solving a problem D Amy's classmates always teased(取笑)her. They teased her about her words or her clothes. Amy was tired of it. Although she has many classmates, the teasing made her feel all alone. One day, after going home, Amy was quiet. Her mom knew that things were not going well at school. So she decided to share some exciting news with Amy. “There's a Christmas Wish contest on the radio station，” Amy's mom said. "Write a letter to Santa Claus and you might win a prize(^). ” The contest sounded fu民. Amy started thinking about what she wanted most for Christmas. Then she wrote : Dear Santa Claus, My name is、Amy. I'm 9. I have a problem at school. Kids tease me because of my clothes and the way I talk. I just want one day without being teased. Can you help me, Santa? Love Amy The next day, a picture of Amy and her letter to Santa made the front page of a famous newspaper. People from all over the country sent Amy letters. They thanked Amy for being brave(勇敢的)to speak up. Many encouraged her to carry her head high. Through the letters， Amy found a world with a lot of love. 51. Amy's classmates teased her because they thought she was . A. alone B. outgoing C. strange 52. One day, Mom knew things weren't going well at school because Amy was . A. angry B. silent C. excited 53. Mom asked Amy to take part in the contest because . A. she believed that Santa Claus could solve her daughter's problem B. she was in the hope that the event could cheer her daughter up C. she was confident that her daughter would win the prize 54. Amy's wish for Christmas is to . A. have one day when nobody teases her B. ask Santa to solve her problem at school C. ask Santa to give her new clothes and change her way of talking 55. Through the letters people sent her, Amy felt . A. others were caring for her B. others were talking about her C. Santa helped her a lot 第三部分综合语言运用(共两节;每节10分，满分20分) 第一节补全对话(共5小题;每小题2分,满分10分) 根据对话内容将下面方框中的选项填入对话中，使对话内容完整。请将正确选项的字母编号填在题后的横线上。 —Hi, Tom. How was your vacation? —56 . —Where did you go? —57 . —Really? What did you do there? 一Well, We went to a lot of museums. —58 . —They were really interesting but crowded. —59 . —Yes，we did. But the stores were very expensive. —60 . ——It was delicious. A. It was great. B. It was terrible. C. Oh, how were they? D. Did you go shopping? E. We went to the beach. F. How was the sea food there? G. I went to Hong Kong with my family. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. . 第二节完成句子(共5小题;每小题2分，满分10分) 用所给单词的适当形式填空，使句意完整、结构正确，每空一词。 61. Mom's (key) are on the table near my backpack. 62. I don't like thrillers but my brother (do). 63. I feel (interest) in this talk show. 64. The visit to the city hall is the (begin) of our city tour. 65. The downtown of Chengdu has (many) tall buildings than its countryside. B卷(满分50分) 一、单词拼写(共5小题;每小题1分，满分5分) 根据汉语提示，用词语的主确形式填空，每空一词。 1. Are these pencils (你的), 2. My best friend is quite (不同)from me. 3. All of us like staying with (友好的)people. 4. Monica enjoys (谈话)with all kinds of people. 5. Bob's performance is the (搞笑)of all but kind of dangerous. 二、短文填空(共5小题;每小题1分，满分5分) 根据短文内容和首字母提示，把所缺单词填写在短文后面的横线上。 Obama was b 6 in 1961，in a small town in the US. When he was y 7 ， he was a quiet boy. With the help of his friends and his hard work, he b 8 a star at college. Many years 1 9 he made history. In 2008，Obama became the f 10 black president(总统)in the US history. 6. . 7. 8. 9. 10. . 三、阅读理解(共5小题;每小题2分，满分10分) 阅读下面短文，从各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。 1 Mary I really love music and listen to it all the time, even when I go jogging. Of course I have to look after my voice. I do exercises for three hours every day and I take lots of fruit. If I get a cold I go straight to bed and rest. I usually try to get at least eight hours' sleep a night. As for my job—you really can't be shy in this kind of work, and you have to be very patient(耐心)because sometimes we practice for hours before we get it right. When we're on tour, we work for several weeks with no breaks and you can get really tired. Whenever I get a holiday I go straight to a sunny beach, but the thing I enjoy the most is the great feeling you get from the people watching your performance. 2 John My work's really quite stressful. Most people think you spend your day cutting vegetables and meat，but it's not that simple. You have to be really careful with the food and keep everything very clean. The big problem is my boss—he shouts at me all the time--even for example, if I forget wash up one plate--I just can't do anything right sometimes. In fact, I'm hoping to find a new job soon because I don't get much time off. I'd like to have more weekends free to see friends and to spend more time with my two little boys. You know it's strange spending all day with food—when I go home I just want to eat a sandwich or a bag of chips and I ?m uncomfortable when I eat in a restaurant. 11. Why does Mary go straight to bed and rest when she has a cold? A. To make herself strong. B. To take care of her voice. C. To be able to work long hours. 12. What does Mary enjoy most? A. Practicing until she gets everything right. B. Going to the sunny beach. C. The great happiness from her performance. 13. John thinks . A. people know his job very well B. his work is more difficult than people think C. his work is very simple 14. John is hoping to find a new job because . A. he doesn't make enough money at his job B. he has to be very careful with his job C. he wants to have more time with his friends and family 15. In the above two paragraphs, Mary and John are talking about . A. their jobs B. their families C. their likes and dislikes 四、句子翻译(共s小题;每小题2分，满分10分) 根据汉语提示，在空格中添上适当的英文单词，每空一词。 16. 你明天能把你的运动收藏品带到学校来吗, Can you your sports to school tomorrow? 17. 安在家看电视节目时感觉很放松。 Ann feels when she TV programs at home. 18. 我发现一个迷路的小孩在街角哭。 I found a kid crying in the street . 19. 吉姆比约翰矮但更爱运动。 Jim is but more than John. 20. 我入住的旅馆隔壁有一家超市。 There is a supermarket to the hotel I stay. 五、书面. 达(满分20 请仔细阅读下面Scott的学习情况报告单，根据其内容写一篇短文，描述Scott的学习情况。短文必须包含报告单的所有信息。词数60—80。 name Scott grade Junior Grade Two like it，hard working math English good, very good at writing science good student history can be better, should spend more time music should do better, should pay more attention art lazy student 2010年四川省甘孜阿坝州中考英语试题参考答案或听力材料 A卷 1. A 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. C 7. A 8. B 9. A 10. C 11. B 12. B 13. C 14. C 15. A 16. B 17. B 18. C 19. A 20. B 21. C 22. A 23. B 24. B 25. A 26. B 27. A 28. C 29. B 30. A 31. B 32. A 33. C 34. A 35. B 36. T 37. F 38. F 39. T 40. T 41. B 42. C 43. A 44 B 45. A 46. B 47. B 48. A 49. C 50. A 51. C 52. B 53. B 54. A 55. A 56. A 57. G 58. C 59. D 60. F 61. keys 62. does 63. interested 64. beginning 65. more B卷 1. yours 2. different 3. friendly 4. talking 5. funniest 6. born 7. young 8. became 9. later 10. first 11. B 12. C 13. B 14. C 15. A 16. bring, collections 17. relaxed, watches 18. lost, corner 19. shorter, athletic 20. next, where One possible version Here s Scott's school report in Junior Grade Two. He likes math and works hard at it. His English is good too. He's very good at English writing. As for science，he?s a very good student. Scott's history can be better if he spends more time on it. And he should do better in his music and pays more attention to it. Scott is very lazy in studying art. 下面红色字体部分是赠送的散文欣赏摘自网络，不需要的朋友下载后可以编辑删除～～～谢谢～～～ 可依靠的唯有自己 这是发生在一个普通犹太人家庭里，父亲和儿子的故事: 儿子叫约翰，在他4岁那年，有一天他和姐姐在客厅玩捉迷藏。他们玩得正高兴，父亲抱起小约翰，把他放在沙发椅上面，然后伸出双手做出接的姿势，叫他往下跳。小约翰毫不犹豫地往下跳，在即将抓住父亲的瞬间，父亲缩回了双手，约翰摔到了地板上，他号啕大哭起来。小约翰向坐在沙发上的妈妈求助， 妈妈若无其事地坐着，并不去扶他，只是微笑着说:“呵，好坏的爸爸～”父亲站在一边，以嘲弄的眼光望着上当受骗的小约翰。 这便是犹太家庭教子的方法之一，这样做的目的是灌输给孩子一个理念:社会是复杂的，不要轻信他人，唯一可依赖的就是自己。 犹太家庭的孩子都要回答这样一个问题:“假如有一天房子被烧着了，你将带着什么东西逃跑,”如果孩子回答是钱财，母亲会进一步问:“有一种没有形状、没有颜色、没有气味的宝贝，你知道是什么吗,”如果孩子回答不出来，母亲会告诉他:“孩子，你要带走的不是钱财，而是智慧。因为智慧是任何人都抢不走的，你只要活着，智慧就永远跟着你。” 你对爸爸的爱，远远胜过那部车 一个犹太家庭的父亲，存钱存了很久，终于买了一辆自己向往已久的新车。新车开到家后，他珍爱有加，每天都要洗车打蜡。他5岁的儿子见父亲这么爱车，也常常乐此不疲地帮爸爸一起洗车。 有一天，这位父亲开车回到家后，累得一动也不想动。于是他决定破一次例，改天再洗车，尽管自己的爱车因淋了雨，而显得脏乱不堪。 这时，5岁的儿子见父亲这么累，就自告奋勇地要帮爸爸洗车，见他这么小的年纪，就知道体谅自己，心里甚感欣慰，便放手让儿子去洗。 儿子要动手洗车了，却找不到洗车用的毛巾。于是他走进厨房，立刻便想到母亲平时煮菜洗锅时，都是用钢刷使劲刷才刷干净的，所以既然没有毛巾，就用钢刷吧～他拿起钢刷用力地洗起车来，一遍又一遍，像刷锅一样地刷车。 等他洗完之后，听见“哇”的一声，他失声大哭起来，车子怎么都花了,这下可闯大祸了，他急忙跑去找父亲，边哭边说:“爸爸，对不起，爸爸，你来看～”父亲疑惑地跟着儿子走到车旁，他也“哇”的一声，“我的车，我的车～” 这位父亲怒气冲冲地走进房间，气急败坏地跪在地上祷告:“上帝呀，请你告诉我，我该怎么做,那是我新买的车，一个月不到，就变成这样，我该怎么处罚我的孩子,” 他才祷告完，耳边忽然出现一个声音“世人都是看表面，而我却是看内心～”突然间，他彻悟了。 他走出房门，儿子正害怕地流着泪，动也不敢动。 父亲走上前去，把孩子紧紧地拥在怀里，亲切地说:“谢谢你帮爸爸洗车，爸爸对你的爱，远远胜过对那部车子。” 凡事要透过表面去看本质，当家人或朋友无意间做错了某件事时，我们要理智对待，不要只看事情的表面，而忽略他们内心真实的想法。学会用爱心去包容爱心，家会让你感觉自己的周围，时时洋溢温暖的阳光。 小饭馆的生意很好，因为物美价廉，因为他的谦和和妻子的热情。每天早晨，三四点钟他就早早起来去采购，直到天亮才把所需要的蔬菜、鲜肉拉回家。没有雇人手，两个人忙得像陀螺。常常，因为缺乏睡眠，他的眼睛红红的。 不久，一个推着三轮车的老人来到他门前。她驼背，走路一跛一跛的，用手比划着，想为他提供蔬菜和鲜肉，绝对新鲜，价格还便宜。老人是个哑巴，脸上满是灰尘，额角和眼边的几块疤痕让她看上去面目丑陋。妻子不同意，老人的样子，看上去实在不舒服。可他却不顾妻子的反对，答应下来。不知怎的，眼前的老人让他突然想起了母亲。 老人很讲信用，每次应他要求运来的蔬菜果然都是新鲜的。于是，每天早晨六点钟，满满一三轮车的菜准时送到他的饭馆门前。他偶尔也请老人吃碗面，老人吃得很慢，很享受的样子。他心里酸酸的，对老人说，她每天都可以在这儿吃碗面。老人笑了，一跛一跛地走过来。他看着她，不知怎的，又想起了母亲，突然有一种想哭的冲动。 一晃，两年又过去了，他的饭馆成了酒楼，他也有了一笔数目可观的积蓄，买了房子。可为他送菜的，依旧是那个老人。 又过了半个月，突然有一天，他在门前等了很久，却一直等不到老人。时间已经过了一个小时，老人还没有来。他没有她的联系方式，无奈，只好让工人去买菜。两小时后，工人拉回了菜，仔细看看，他心里有了疙瘩，这车菜远远比不上老人送的莱。老人送来的菜全经过精心挑选，几乎没有干叶子，棵棵都清爽。 只是，从那天后，老人再未出现。 春节就要到了，他包着饺子，突然对妻子说想给老人送去一碗，顺便看看她发生了什么事。怎么一个星期都没有送菜,这可是从没有过的事。妻子点头。 煮了饺子，他拎着，反复打听一个跛脚的送菜老人，终于在离他酒楼两个街道的胡同里，打听到她了。 他敲了半天门，无人应答。门虚掩着，他顺手推开。昏暗狭小的屋子里，老人在床上躺着，骨瘦如柴。老人看到他，诧异地睁大眼，想坐起来，却无能为力。他把饺子放到床边，问老人是不是病了。老人张张嘴，想说什么，却没 说出来。他坐下来，打量这间小屋子，突然，墙上的几张照片让他吃惊地张大嘴巴。竟然是他和妈妈的合影～他5岁时，10岁时，17岁时……墙角，一只用旧布包着的包袱，包袱皮上，绣着一朵梅花。他转过头，呆呆地看着老人，问她是谁。老人怔怔地，突然脱口而出:儿啊。 他彻底惊呆了～眼前的老人，不是哑巴,为他送了两年菜的老人，是他的母亲, 那沙哑的声音分明如此熟悉，不是他母亲又能是谁,他呆愣愣地，突然上前，一把抱住母亲，号啕痛哭，母子俩的眼泪沾到了一起。 不知哭了多久，他先抬起头，哽咽着说看到了母亲的坟，以为她去世了，所以才离开家。母亲擦擦眼泪，说是她让邻居这么做的。她做工的爆竹厂发生爆炸，她侥幸活下来，却毁了容，瘸了腿。看看自己的模样，想想儿子进过监狱，家里又穷，以后他一定连媳妇都娶不上。为了不拖累他，她想出了这个主意，说自己去世，让他远走他乡，在异地生根，娶妻生子。得知他离开了家乡，她回到村子。辗转打听，才知道他来到了这个城市。她以捡破烂为生，寻找他四年，终于在这家小饭馆里找到他。她欣喜若狂，看着儿子忙碌，她又感到心痛。为了每天见到儿子，帮他减轻负担，她开始替他买菜，一买就是两年。可现在，她的腿脚不利索，下不了床了，所以，再不能为他送菜。 这种信任和理解真的很重要。 这个故事对于众多家长来说有很强的的启迪和警示作用:“你到底爱的是孩子，还是孩子努力的结果,如果是后者，那说明你不会爱～”亦或是“你到底是爱自己的孩子，还是爱那个你心目中的孩子,如果是后者，那说明你不会爱～”，往往，在和孩子互动过程中，我们关注自己的感受，关注孩子是否改错，关注孩子是否优秀，而我们忽略了关注孩子本身，这些都是打着爱的旗号伤害着孩子，但我们往往认为这就是爱。请牢记，孩子本身最重要～ 让孩子去开辟自己的天空 《一个犹太人的家庭教育》讲的是一个伟大的犹太母亲把三个孩子培养成才的理念和方法。这位母亲生在上海，父亲是犹太人，在她12岁那年去世了，随后母亲也离她而去，她成了孤儿。长大后在上海铜厂做女工，结婚后生下三个孩子，但不久后丈夫又离她而去了。为了逃避痛苦，她成为中以建交后第一批回到以色列的犹太后裔。 为了生存，也为了三个孩子能早日回到以色列，她先发奋学习希伯来语，然后，在路边摆了个小摊卖春卷。以色列的官方货币是谢克尔，一谢克尔兑换人民币2块钱，更小的币值是雅戈洛，一谢克尔等于100雅戈洛。她的春卷小摊每天只能赚到十来个谢克尔…… 1993年，她接回了三个孩子，大儿子14岁，二儿子13岁，小女儿11岁。开始她一直秉承再苦不能苦孩子的原则，依旧做着合格的中国式妈妈。把孩子送去学校读书，她卖春卷，孩子放学，她就停止营业，在小炉子上面给他们做馄饨或者面条。这一幕被邻居看到了，就来训斥大儿子:“你已经是大孩子了，你应该学会去帮助你的母亲，而不是看着你母亲忙碌，自己就像废物一样。”然后转过头训斥母亲:“不要把那种落后的中国式教育带到以色列来……” 大儿子和她都很难受，但他们都在慢慢地改变，大儿子不但学会了做春卷，还把春卷带到学校卖，每天，三个小孩子能赚到10个谢克尔，回家交给母亲。母亲觉得很心酸，让他们小小年纪就担起生活的担子，但犹太人不这么认为，在犹太家庭里，孩子们没有免费的食物和照顾，任何东西都是有价格的，每个孩子都必须学会赚钱，才能获得自己需要的一切。 于是妈妈不再提供免费的餐食和服务，同时也给他们赚钱的机会，以每个春卷30雅戈洛的价钱批发给他们，带到学校后，可自行加价出售，利润部分自由支配。 三个孩子卖春卷的方式竟然截然不同。小女儿最老实，按老价钱50雅戈洛一个零售;二儿子则以40雅戈洛的价钱批发给学校餐厅，每天让他送100个春卷;大儿子则举办了一个“带你走进中国”的讲座，讲座的噱头就在于可以免费品尝美味的中国春卷，但需要买入场券，每人10雅戈洛，结果收入1500雅戈洛。 随后他们琢磨出了更多更新颖的赚钱方法，他们很努力地去学习和思考，学业并没有受到任何影响。 同样作为父母，是不是应该引起我们的反思,我们每天一睁开眼睛就为了孩子忙活，做饭、洗衣服、接送、辅导作业，然后才是做自己的事情，每天忙的团团转，累得筋疲力尽。一发牢骚，孩子还会心生厌烦，根本不理解我的付出。再回头看看，每一位中国母亲不都是这样吗,这样我们就很伟大吗,我们付出了很多，却造就了一个又一个“小皇帝”、“小公主”…… 我们希望孩子成才，却又过度的保护他们，使得孩子变得无能无法自立;过分的溺爱，带来孩子的无情;过多的干涉，让孩子多了很多无奈;过多的指责，让孩子变得不知所措，找不到前进的方向…… 想要为孩子创造一个无忧无虑，快乐成长的天空，但却发现自己完完全全的占据了创造者的位置，其实，这个位置也要有一部分让孩子承担。现在的照顾，也许会暂时保护着他们，但是他们总有一天会长大，会在长大后遇到许许多多的困难，那个时候，我们是如何也帮不了他们的……也许，让孩子过早的面对金钱面对名利面对社会，会有不舍和心疼，但他们总有一天要面对，总有一天要承担。 我们为何不像那位犹太母亲那样，放开手，让孩子自己去开辟属于他们自己的天空呢,